1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
70 #include "thread-fsm.h"
71 #include "tid-parse.h"
73 /* readline include files */
74 #include "readline/readline.h"
75 #include "readline/history.h"
77 /* readline defines this. */
80 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
81 #include "extension.h"
83 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
106 void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
110 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
112 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
114 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
117 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
118 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
119 enum bptype type_wanted
);
121 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
122 struct linespec_result
*,
123 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
124 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
126 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
128 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
129 int, int, int, unsigned);
131 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
132 const struct event_location
*location
,
133 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
134 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
);
136 static void clear_command (char *, int);
138 static void catch_command (char *, int);
140 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
142 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
144 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
146 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
148 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
149 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
150 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
152 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
154 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
155 struct symtab_and_line
,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
159 static struct breakpoint
*
160 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
162 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
165 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
167 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
171 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
172 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
173 struct obj_section
*, int);
175 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
176 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
178 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
179 struct address_space
*aspace
,
182 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
183 struct address_space
*,
186 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
188 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
190 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
191 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
193 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
195 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
197 static void commands_command (char *, int);
199 static void condition_command (char *, int);
201 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
202 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
204 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
206 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
208 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
210 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
212 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
214 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
216 int *other_type_used
);
218 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
220 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
222 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
225 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
227 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
231 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
233 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
234 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
235 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
237 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
239 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
240 insert locations now. */
241 enum ugll_insert_mode
243 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
244 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
245 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
246 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
247 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
248 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
249 returns true on them.
251 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
252 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
253 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
254 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
255 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
256 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
260 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
261 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
264 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
265 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
266 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
267 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
268 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
269 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
270 as no thread is running yet. */
274 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
276 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
278 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
280 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
282 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
284 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
286 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
288 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
290 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
292 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
294 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
296 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
298 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
301 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
303 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
304 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
305 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
306 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
308 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
309 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
311 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
312 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
314 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
316 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
318 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
319 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
321 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
322 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
324 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
325 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
326 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
327 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
328 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
329 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
331 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
332 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
333 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
334 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
340 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
342 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
343 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
344 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
345 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
347 static char *dprintf_function
;
349 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
350 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
351 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
352 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
353 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
354 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
355 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
357 static char *dprintf_channel
;
359 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
361 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
363 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
364 breakpoints share a single command list. */
365 struct counted_command_line
367 /* The reference count. */
370 /* The command list. */
371 struct command_line
*commands
;
374 struct command_line
*
375 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
377 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
380 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
381 current breakpoint. */
383 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
386 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
388 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
389 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
391 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
393 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
396 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
397 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
398 if such is available. */
399 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
402 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
403 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
406 fprintf_filtered (file
,
407 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
408 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
412 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
413 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
414 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
415 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
416 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
418 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
419 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
422 fprintf_filtered (file
,
423 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
424 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
428 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
429 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
430 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
431 use hardware breakpoints. */
432 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
434 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
435 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
438 fprintf_filtered (file
,
439 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
443 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
444 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
445 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
446 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
447 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
448 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
449 processing user input. */
450 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
453 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
454 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
456 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
460 /* See breakpoint.h. */
463 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
465 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
467 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
468 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
469 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
472 else if (target_has_execution
)
474 struct thread_info
*tp
;
476 if (always_inserted_mode
)
478 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
483 if (threads_are_executing ())
486 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
487 stopped, we still have events to process. */
488 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
490 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
496 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
498 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
499 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
500 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
501 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
502 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
503 condition_evaluation_auto
,
504 condition_evaluation_host
,
505 condition_evaluation_target
,
509 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
510 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
512 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
513 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
514 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
516 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
517 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
518 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
522 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
524 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
526 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
527 return condition_evaluation_target
;
529 return condition_evaluation_host
;
535 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
538 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
540 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
543 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
547 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
549 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
551 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
554 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
556 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
557 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
559 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
560 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
562 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
563 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
565 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
566 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
567 current breakpoint. */
569 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
571 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
572 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
573 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
576 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
577 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
578 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
580 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
581 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
582 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
585 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
586 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
587 to where the loop should start from.
588 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
589 appropriate location to start with. */
591 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
592 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
593 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
595 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
596 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
599 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
601 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
602 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
603 if (is_tracepoint (B))
605 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
607 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
609 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
611 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
613 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
615 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
617 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
618 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
619 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
620 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
621 an address you need to read. */
623 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
625 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
626 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
627 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
628 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
629 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
631 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
633 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
634 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
635 reported by a target. */
636 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
638 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
640 static int breakpoint_count
;
642 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
643 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
644 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
645 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
646 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
648 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
650 static int tracepoint_count
;
652 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
653 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
654 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
656 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
659 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
662 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
666 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
673 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
675 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
677 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
680 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
683 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
685 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
686 breakpoint_count
= num
;
687 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
690 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
691 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
692 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
694 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
698 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
700 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
703 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
707 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
709 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
712 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
715 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
717 struct breakpoint
*b
;
723 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
724 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
726 static struct counted_command_line
*
727 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
729 struct counted_command_line
*result
= XNEW (struct counted_command_line
);
732 result
->commands
= commands
;
737 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
740 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
746 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
747 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
748 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
751 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
755 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
757 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
764 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
767 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
769 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line
**) arg
);
772 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
775 static struct cleanup
*
776 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
778 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
782 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
783 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
786 get_breakpoint (int num
)
788 struct breakpoint
*b
;
791 if (b
->number
== num
)
799 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
800 evaluating conditions on its side. */
803 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
805 struct bp_location
*loc
;
807 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
808 evaluating conditions and if the user has
809 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
811 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
812 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
815 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
818 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
819 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
822 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
823 evaluating conditions on its side. */
826 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
828 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
829 evaluating conditions and if the user has
830 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
832 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
833 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
837 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
840 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
843 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
844 condition_evaluation_mode. */
847 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
848 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
850 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
852 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
853 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
855 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
856 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
857 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
861 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
862 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
864 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
865 settings was "auto". */
866 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
868 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
869 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
871 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
872 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
873 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
875 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
876 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
879 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
881 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
883 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
884 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
888 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
889 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
890 target knows about. */
891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
892 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
893 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
897 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
903 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
904 what "auto" is translating to. */
907 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
908 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
910 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
911 fprintf_filtered (file
,
912 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
913 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
915 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
917 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
921 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
922 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
923 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
926 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
928 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
929 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
931 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
934 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
937 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
938 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
939 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
942 static struct bp_location
**
943 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
945 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
946 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
947 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
949 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
950 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
952 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
953 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
954 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
955 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
956 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
958 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
959 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
962 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
963 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
964 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
965 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
972 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
975 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
976 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
978 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
980 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
982 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
986 struct bp_location
*loc
;
988 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
992 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
993 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
994 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1001 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1005 const char *arg
= exp
;
1007 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1008 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1009 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1010 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1012 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1014 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1016 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1018 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1020 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1021 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1025 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1027 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1031 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1032 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1034 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1038 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1040 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1043 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1046 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1047 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
1048 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1052 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1053 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1057 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1058 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1062 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1063 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
1064 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
1068 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1069 len
= strlen (text
);
1075 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1077 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1079 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> copy (xstrdup (number
));
1080 tracker
.add_completion (std::move (copy
));
1087 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1088 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1089 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
1092 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1095 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1097 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1102 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1105 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1107 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1110 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1112 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1113 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1114 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1115 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1116 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1118 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1120 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1121 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1122 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1124 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1126 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1127 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1132 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1135 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1136 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1137 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1140 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1142 struct command_line
*c
;
1144 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1148 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1149 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1150 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1152 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1153 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1155 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1156 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1157 command directly. */
1158 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1159 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1161 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1162 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1166 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1168 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1171 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1174 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1176 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1177 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1178 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1182 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1184 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1188 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1190 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1193 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1196 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1197 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1201 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1202 b
= new tracepoint ();
1203 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1204 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1206 b
= new breakpoint ();
1208 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1211 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1212 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1216 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1217 struct command_line
*commands
)
1219 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1221 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1222 struct command_line
*c
;
1223 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1225 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1226 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1230 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1231 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1232 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1233 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1234 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1235 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1236 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1237 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1238 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1239 tracepoint's context. */
1240 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1242 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1244 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1245 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1246 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1247 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1248 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1249 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1252 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1253 "can be used only once"));
1258 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1262 struct command_line
*c2
;
1264 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1265 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1266 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1268 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1269 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1275 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1279 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1280 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1283 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1285 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1286 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1287 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1290 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1292 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1293 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1294 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1300 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1301 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1304 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1305 command_line_up
&&commands
)
1307 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1309 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1310 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
.release ());
1311 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1314 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1315 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1319 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1321 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1324 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1325 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1328 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1329 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1332 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1334 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1337 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1338 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1341 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1342 breakpoint work for any task. */
1345 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1347 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1350 if (old_task
!= task
)
1351 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1355 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1357 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1359 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1362 /* A structure used to pass information through
1363 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1365 struct commands_info
1367 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1370 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1373 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1374 already-parsed command. */
1375 struct command_line
*control
;
1377 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1379 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1382 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1383 commands_command. */
1386 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1388 struct commands_info
*info
= (struct commands_info
*) data
;
1390 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1394 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1395 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1398 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1401 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1402 "%s, one per line."),
1405 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1407 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1410 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1413 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1416 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
.release ());
1419 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1421 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1423 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1424 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1425 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1426 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1427 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1432 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1433 struct command_line
*control
)
1435 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1436 struct commands_info info
;
1438 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1439 info
.control
= control
;
1441 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1442 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1443 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1445 std::string new_arg
;
1447 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1449 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1450 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1452 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1453 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1458 info
.arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1460 map_breakpoint_numbers (info
.arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1462 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1463 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1465 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1469 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1471 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1474 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1475 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1477 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1478 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1479 enum command_control_type
1480 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1482 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1483 return simple_control
;
1486 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1489 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1491 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1495 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1496 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1501 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1502 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1505 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1506 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1507 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1510 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1511 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1512 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1513 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1514 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1516 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1517 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1521 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1522 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1524 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1528 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1530 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1531 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1533 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1535 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1540 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1542 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1547 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1548 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1550 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1551 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1552 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1556 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1558 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1559 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1562 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1564 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1565 shadow_contents buffer. */
1566 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1567 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1568 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1570 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1572 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1573 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1577 const unsigned char *bp
;
1578 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1581 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1582 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1583 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1585 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1587 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1589 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1590 breakpoint's INSN. */
1591 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1595 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1596 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1598 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1599 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1600 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1602 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1603 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1604 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1605 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1606 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1607 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1608 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1609 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1611 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1614 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1615 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1616 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1618 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1620 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1622 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1623 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1624 report higher one. */
1627 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1628 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1630 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1632 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1633 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1635 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1636 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1637 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1638 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1640 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1641 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1642 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1644 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1646 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1653 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1654 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1655 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1656 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1657 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1660 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1662 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1663 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1664 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1667 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1670 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1672 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1674 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1676 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1677 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1678 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1681 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1684 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1685 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1686 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1689 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1692 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1693 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1699 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1703 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1705 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1706 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1707 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1710 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1713 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1715 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1716 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1717 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1720 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1724 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1726 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1727 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1730 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1731 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1732 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1733 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1734 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1735 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1736 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1737 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1740 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1742 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1743 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1744 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1745 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1748 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1749 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1752 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1754 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1756 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1757 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1758 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1759 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1760 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1762 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1765 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1768 static struct value
*
1769 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1771 struct value
*bit_val
;
1776 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1778 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1781 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1788 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1789 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1790 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1791 to be able to report stops. */
1794 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1795 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1797 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1799 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1800 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1801 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1802 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1805 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1806 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1809 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1811 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1813 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1814 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1815 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1818 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1819 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1820 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1821 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1823 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1825 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1826 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1829 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1830 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1831 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1832 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1833 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1834 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1835 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1836 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1838 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1839 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1840 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1841 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1842 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1843 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1844 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1845 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1848 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1849 hardware watchpoints:
1851 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1852 called several times when GDB stops.
1855 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1856 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1857 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1858 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1859 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1860 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1861 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1862 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1863 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1864 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1865 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1867 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1868 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1871 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1873 int within_current_scope
;
1874 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1877 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1878 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1879 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1880 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1883 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1888 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1889 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1890 within_current_scope
= 1;
1893 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1894 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1895 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1897 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1898 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1899 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1900 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1901 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1904 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1905 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1906 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1907 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1910 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1912 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1913 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1914 if (within_current_scope
)
1918 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1919 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1920 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1923 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1928 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1929 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1930 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1931 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1932 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1933 be completely different objects. */
1934 value_free (b
->val
);
1938 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1939 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1940 locations (re)created below. */
1941 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1943 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1946 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1950 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1951 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1952 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1953 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1954 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1955 if (!target_has_execution
)
1957 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1958 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1959 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1960 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1962 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1963 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1965 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1966 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1969 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1972 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1973 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1975 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1977 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1978 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1979 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1980 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1981 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1983 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1985 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1987 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1995 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1997 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1998 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
2000 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
2001 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
2002 must watch it. If the first value returned is
2003 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
2004 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
2005 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
2006 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
2008 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
2010 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
2011 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
2012 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
2014 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2015 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
2018 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
2019 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
2020 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
2022 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
2024 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
2026 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
2027 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
2029 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2031 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2032 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2033 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2034 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2035 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2038 addr
= value_address (v
);
2041 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2046 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2048 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2051 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
2052 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2055 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2057 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2058 loc
->address
= addr
;
2062 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2063 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2066 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2068 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2073 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2074 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2075 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2080 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2081 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2083 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2087 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2090 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2091 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2092 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2094 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2095 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2096 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2097 this watchpoint in as well. */
2099 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2100 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2101 hardware watchpoint type. */
2103 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2104 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2106 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2107 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2108 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2109 through watch_command), so always account for it
2112 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2113 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2115 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2116 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
2119 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2120 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2122 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
2124 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2125 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2126 "hardware watchpoint."));
2127 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2128 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2129 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2131 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2132 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2136 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2137 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2138 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2143 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
2145 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2146 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2147 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2149 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2150 "read/access watchpoint."));
2153 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2155 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2156 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2157 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2158 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2161 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2163 next
= value_next (v
);
2168 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2169 above left it without any location set up. But,
2170 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2171 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2172 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
2173 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
2175 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2177 printf_filtered (_("\
2178 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2179 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2181 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2184 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2186 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2190 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2191 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2192 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2193 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2194 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2196 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2198 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2201 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2204 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2207 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2210 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2211 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2212 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2213 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2214 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2215 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2216 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2217 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2218 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2221 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2222 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2223 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2225 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2226 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2227 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2229 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2230 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2231 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2232 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2233 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2234 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2235 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2236 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2237 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2241 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2242 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2243 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2244 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2249 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2250 instruction that triggered one. */
2251 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2252 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2256 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2257 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2258 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2259 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2268 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2269 that the location is not duplicated. */
2272 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2275 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2278 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2279 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2283 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2284 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2285 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2286 any error during parsing. */
2288 static agent_expr_up
2289 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2294 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2296 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2297 that may show up. */
2300 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2303 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2305 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2306 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2307 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2311 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2315 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2316 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2317 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2318 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2319 one of them is true. */
2322 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2324 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2325 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2326 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2327 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2329 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2330 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2332 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2333 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2334 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2336 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2337 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2340 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2341 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2342 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2343 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2344 response back to GDB. */
2345 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2348 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2352 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2353 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2354 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2355 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2356 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2360 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2361 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2362 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2364 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2370 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2371 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2372 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2374 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2375 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2376 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2378 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2381 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2383 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2385 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2388 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2393 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2394 for this location's address. */
2395 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2399 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2400 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2401 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2404 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2405 to send the conditions to the target. */
2406 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2413 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2414 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2415 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2417 static agent_expr_up
2418 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2420 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2421 struct expression
**argvec
;
2422 const char *cmdrest
;
2423 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2424 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2426 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2433 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2435 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2437 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2438 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2440 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2442 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2444 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2446 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2448 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2449 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2451 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2453 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2454 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2456 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2458 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2460 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2462 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2463 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2466 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2471 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2472 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
.release ();
2474 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2478 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2480 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2481 that may show up. */
2484 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2485 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2486 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2488 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2490 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2491 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2492 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2496 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2498 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2502 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2503 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2504 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2507 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2509 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2510 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2511 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2512 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2514 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2515 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2517 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2520 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2521 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2524 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2525 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2526 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2528 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2531 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2532 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2533 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2537 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2538 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2539 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2540 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2541 response back to GDB. */
2542 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2545 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2549 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2550 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2551 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2552 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2554 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2555 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2558 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2559 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2560 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2562 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2568 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2570 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2572 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2575 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2576 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2578 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2580 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2583 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2588 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2589 for this location's address. */
2590 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2593 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2594 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2595 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2596 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2599 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2600 to send the commands to the target. */
2601 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2605 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2606 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2607 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2608 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2611 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2612 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2613 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2617 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2619 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2621 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2622 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2624 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
->ptid
);
2626 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2630 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2633 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2634 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2635 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2636 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2639 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2640 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2642 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2643 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2644 int *disabled_breaks
,
2645 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2646 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2648 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2649 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2651 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2654 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2655 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2656 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2657 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2658 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2659 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2660 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2661 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2662 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2663 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2664 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2665 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2667 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2668 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2669 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2670 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2672 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2674 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2675 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2676 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2677 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2680 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2681 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2683 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2685 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2686 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2687 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2689 Two important cases are:
2690 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2691 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2692 hardware breakpoint.
2693 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2694 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2695 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2698 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2699 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2700 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2701 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2703 struct mem_region
*mr
2704 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2708 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2710 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2712 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2713 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2715 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2717 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2719 static int said
= 0;
2721 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2724 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2725 _("Note: automatically using "
2726 "hardware breakpoints for "
2727 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2732 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2733 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2735 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2736 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2737 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2738 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2740 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2746 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2747 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2748 || bl
->section
== NULL
2749 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2751 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2756 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2758 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2760 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2763 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2769 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2770 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2771 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2773 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2774 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2775 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2776 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2777 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2781 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2783 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2784 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2785 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2787 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2792 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2793 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2794 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2795 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2796 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2798 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2800 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2803 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2807 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2808 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2809 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2810 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2814 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2815 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2817 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2822 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2824 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2826 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2829 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2835 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2836 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2841 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2843 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2845 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2846 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2847 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2848 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2849 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2850 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2851 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2852 errors as memory errors. */
2853 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2854 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2855 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2856 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2859 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2860 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2861 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2862 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2864 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2865 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2867 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2868 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2869 "library breakpoints:\n");
2871 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2872 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2873 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2878 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2880 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2881 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2882 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2883 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2884 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2885 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2886 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2890 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2893 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2894 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2895 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2897 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2898 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2900 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2901 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2905 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2906 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2921 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2922 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2923 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2924 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2928 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2929 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2931 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2933 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2934 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2935 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2937 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2939 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2940 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2942 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2944 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2945 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2949 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2950 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2957 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2958 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2961 /* Back to the original value. */
2962 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2966 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2969 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2973 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2974 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2976 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2979 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2983 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2984 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2986 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2989 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2991 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2992 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2993 so just return success. */
3000 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
3001 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
3005 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
3007 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
3008 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
3010 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
3011 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
3013 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
3014 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3017 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
3018 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
3019 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
3021 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
3023 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
3025 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3026 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
3027 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
3029 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
3030 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
3032 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
3038 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3039 removed locations above. */
3040 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
3043 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3044 Throws exception on any error.
3045 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3046 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3048 insert_breakpoints (void)
3050 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3052 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3053 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3055 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3057 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3060 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3061 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3062 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3063 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3066 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3069 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3071 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3073 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3075 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3079 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3080 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3081 always-inserted mode. */
3084 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3086 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3089 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3090 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3091 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3093 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3095 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3096 there was an error. */
3097 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3099 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3101 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3103 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3105 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3108 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3109 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3110 deletion of breakpoints. */
3111 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3114 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3116 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3117 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3118 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3119 insert breakpoints. */
3120 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3121 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3124 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3125 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3132 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3133 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3137 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3140 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3142 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3143 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3146 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3147 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3148 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3150 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3152 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3153 there was an error. */
3154 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3156 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3158 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3160 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3163 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3164 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3165 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3166 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3167 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3170 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3172 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3173 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3174 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3175 insert breakpoints. */
3176 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3177 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3180 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3181 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3186 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3187 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3188 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3190 int some_failed
= 0;
3191 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3193 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3196 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3199 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3202 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3203 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3210 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3212 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3214 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3215 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3216 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3224 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3225 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3226 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3228 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3229 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3231 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3232 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3236 /* Used when the program stops.
3237 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3238 removing a breakpoint location. */
3241 remove_breakpoints (void)
3243 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3246 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3248 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3249 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3254 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3258 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3260 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3262 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3264 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3266 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3268 printf_filtered (_("\
3269 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3270 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3272 /* Hide it from the user. */
3278 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3281 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3283 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3285 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3287 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3289 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3292 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3294 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3303 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3305 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3306 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3308 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3309 struct inferior
*inf
;
3310 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3312 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3316 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3317 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3319 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3321 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3323 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3325 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3331 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3334 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3339 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3343 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3345 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3346 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3347 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3348 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3349 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3350 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3352 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3355 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3358 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3359 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3363 static struct breakpoint
*
3364 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3365 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3366 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3368 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3369 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3371 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3374 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3375 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3377 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3378 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3379 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3384 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3386 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3388 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3390 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3391 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3393 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3394 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3396 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3397 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3399 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3400 int longjmp_searched
;
3402 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3403 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3405 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3406 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3408 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3409 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3411 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3412 int exception_searched
;
3414 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3415 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3418 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3420 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3421 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3423 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3426 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3428 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3431 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3432 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3434 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3435 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3437 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3439 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3440 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3441 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3444 XOBNEW (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
, struct breakpoint_objfile_data
);
3446 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3447 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3449 return bp_objfile_data
;
3453 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3455 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3456 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3458 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3459 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3463 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3465 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3466 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3468 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3470 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3471 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3473 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3475 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3477 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3480 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3482 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3484 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3485 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3487 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3488 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3491 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3494 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3495 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3497 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3498 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3499 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3500 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3502 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3504 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3505 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3509 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3510 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3516 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3518 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3520 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3522 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3524 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3526 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3528 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3531 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3532 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3534 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3536 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3538 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3542 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3545 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3546 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3548 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3550 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3551 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3552 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3556 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3557 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3560 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3563 struct probe
*probe
;
3564 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3567 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3568 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3572 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3574 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3575 get_probe_address (probe
,
3578 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3579 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3580 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3586 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3589 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3591 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3592 const char *func_name
;
3594 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3596 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3599 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3600 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3602 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3604 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3605 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3607 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3608 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3611 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3614 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3615 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3616 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3617 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3618 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3619 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3620 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3626 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3628 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3630 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3631 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3633 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3635 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3637 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3640 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3642 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3644 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3645 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3646 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3648 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3650 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3653 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3655 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3657 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3658 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3659 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3661 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3662 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3665 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3668 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3669 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3670 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3671 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3672 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3673 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3674 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3675 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3680 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3683 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3685 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3686 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3688 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3690 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3691 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3692 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3694 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3696 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3698 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3699 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3703 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3707 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3708 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3710 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3712 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3713 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3714 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3718 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3719 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3722 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3724 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3726 struct probe
*probe
;
3729 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3730 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3734 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3736 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3737 get_probe_address (probe
,
3739 bp_exception_master
,
3740 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3741 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3742 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3748 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3750 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3753 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3755 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3757 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3759 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3760 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3762 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3766 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3769 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3770 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3772 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3773 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3774 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3775 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3776 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3777 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3781 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3784 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3786 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3790 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3792 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3793 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3795 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3796 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3797 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3798 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3799 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3800 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3801 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3802 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3803 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3804 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3805 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3807 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3809 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3812 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3813 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3815 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3819 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3820 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3822 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3826 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3827 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3828 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3829 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3830 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3832 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3836 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3837 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3839 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3843 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3844 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3846 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3850 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3852 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3853 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3854 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3856 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3860 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3862 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3863 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3864 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3865 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3869 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3870 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3871 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3872 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3873 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3874 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3876 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3877 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3878 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3879 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3880 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3881 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3882 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3884 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3885 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3886 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3887 let finish_command delete it.
3889 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3890 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3891 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3892 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3893 solib breakpoints.) */
3895 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3900 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3901 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3903 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3905 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3912 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3914 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3916 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3917 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3919 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3920 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3922 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3923 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3924 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3926 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3929 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3930 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3931 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3932 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3933 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3934 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3935 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3939 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3942 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3946 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3947 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3948 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3949 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3950 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3953 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3957 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3958 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3960 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3961 This should not ever happen. */
3962 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3964 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3965 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3967 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3968 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3969 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3971 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3972 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3973 || bl
->section
== NULL
3974 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3976 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3978 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3979 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3980 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3981 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3982 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3983 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3984 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3985 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3986 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3987 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3988 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3989 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3990 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3991 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3992 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3993 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3994 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3995 they should always be removed. */
3996 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3997 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3998 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
4001 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4005 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
4006 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
4007 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
4009 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
4010 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
4012 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
4013 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
4014 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4015 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4016 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
4018 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4019 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
4022 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
4023 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
4026 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
4027 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
4028 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
4029 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
4031 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
4032 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4033 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4034 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4035 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4036 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4042 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4047 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4048 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4049 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4050 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4051 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4052 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4053 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4054 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4055 always-inserted mode. */
4057 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4058 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
4059 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
4060 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4066 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4068 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4070 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4071 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4073 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4074 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4076 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4077 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
4078 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4081 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4082 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4085 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4086 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4088 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4092 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4099 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
4101 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4102 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4104 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4105 This should not ever happen. */
4106 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4108 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
4110 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4112 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
4115 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4118 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4120 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4122 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4123 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4127 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4128 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4130 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4133 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4134 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4135 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4140 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4142 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4143 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4145 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4147 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4149 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4152 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4154 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4156 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4162 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4164 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4165 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4168 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4170 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4172 case bp_shlib_event
:
4174 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4175 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4176 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4177 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4178 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4180 (gdb) file prog-linux
4181 (gdb) run # native linux target
4184 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4185 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4188 case bp_step_resume
:
4190 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4192 case bp_single_step
:
4194 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4196 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4200 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4201 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4202 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4204 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4206 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4207 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4208 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4211 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4212 valid. New ones will be created in
4213 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4214 The next update_global_location_list call will
4215 garbage collect them. */
4218 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4220 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4221 insert_breakpoints. */
4223 value_free (w
->val
);
4235 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4236 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4237 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4238 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4241 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4242 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4243 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4244 match, not program space. */
4246 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4247 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4248 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4249 permanent breakpoint.
4250 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4251 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4252 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4253 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4254 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4256 enum breakpoint_here
4257 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4259 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4260 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4262 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4264 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4265 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4268 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4269 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4271 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4273 if (overlay_debugging
4274 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4275 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4276 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4277 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4278 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4280 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4284 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4287 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4290 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4291 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4293 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4295 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4297 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4298 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4301 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4303 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4306 if (overlay_debugging
4307 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4308 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4310 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4321 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4324 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4326 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4329 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4330 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4336 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4340 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4341 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4344 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4347 if (overlay_debugging
4348 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4349 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4350 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4357 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4360 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4362 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4364 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4366 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4368 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4369 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4372 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4378 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4382 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4385 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4387 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4389 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4391 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4394 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4401 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4404 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4407 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4409 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4411 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4413 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4416 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4424 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4425 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4427 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4429 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4431 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4433 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4434 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4437 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4440 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4441 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4445 /* Check for intersection. */
4446 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4447 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4456 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4460 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4462 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4465 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4469 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4471 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4472 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4473 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4474 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4478 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4479 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4482 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4499 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4500 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4503 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4507 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4512 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4514 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4515 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4516 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4517 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4518 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4520 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4521 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4525 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4535 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4538 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4543 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4545 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4551 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4554 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4556 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4558 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4560 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4562 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4567 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4576 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4577 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4578 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4579 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4581 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4582 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4584 Return 1 otherwise. */
4587 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4589 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4592 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4594 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4595 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4596 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4597 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4598 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4600 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4602 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4606 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4609 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4611 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4614 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4617 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4621 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4623 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4625 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4627 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4633 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4636 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4638 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4640 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4642 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4643 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4644 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4645 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4646 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4650 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4653 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4656 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4658 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4661 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4662 or its equivalent. */
4665 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4667 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4670 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4671 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4672 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4673 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4675 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4676 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4677 bpstat of the current thread. */
4680 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4683 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4686 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4688 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4691 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4692 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4694 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4696 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4699 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4700 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4702 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4703 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4704 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4706 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4708 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4709 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4710 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4711 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4712 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4713 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4714 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4715 the tree when we're done. */
4716 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4717 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4718 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4719 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4720 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4722 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4728 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4730 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4736 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4737 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4739 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4741 if (current_ui
->async
)
4742 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4743 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4744 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4747 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4748 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4749 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4750 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4751 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4752 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4753 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4754 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4755 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4756 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4757 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4758 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4759 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4764 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4769 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4771 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4773 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4774 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4775 && target_has_execution
4776 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4777 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4778 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4779 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4780 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4781 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4782 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4785 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4788 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4791 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4794 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4797 struct value_print_options opts
;
4798 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4799 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4803 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4804 debugging multiple threads. */
4807 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4809 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4814 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4817 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4819 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4820 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4822 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4825 uiout
->text (" \"");
4826 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4830 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4834 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4835 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4836 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4837 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4840 static enum print_stop_action
4841 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4843 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4846 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4847 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4851 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4852 relevant messages. */
4853 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4856 case print_it_normal
:
4858 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4860 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4861 which has since been deleted. */
4863 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4865 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4866 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4871 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4872 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4877 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4880 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4883 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4885 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4889 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4890 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4892 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4893 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4896 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4897 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4898 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4905 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4906 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4908 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4913 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4914 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4915 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4921 struct so_list
*iter
;
4924 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4925 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4927 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4932 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4933 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4934 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4939 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4940 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4941 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4942 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4943 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4944 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4945 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4948 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4949 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4950 code to print the location. An example is
4951 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4953 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4954 to also print the location part of the message.
4955 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4956 don't require a location appended to the end.
4957 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4958 further info to be printed. */
4960 enum print_stop_action
4961 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4963 enum print_stop_action val
;
4965 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4966 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4967 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4968 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4969 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4971 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4972 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4973 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4974 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4978 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4979 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4980 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4981 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4983 print_solib_event (0);
4984 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4987 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4988 with and nothing was printed. */
4989 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4992 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4993 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4994 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4995 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4996 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4997 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
5000 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
5002 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5003 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
5005 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5009 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
5012 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
5016 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
5018 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
5019 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
5020 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
5021 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
5022 incref_bp_location (bl
);
5023 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
5024 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
5026 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
5030 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
5031 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5034 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5036 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5038 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5040 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
5042 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5043 as not triggered. */
5045 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5047 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5049 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5055 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
5057 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5058 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5060 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5062 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5064 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5070 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5071 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5075 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5077 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5078 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5080 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5081 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5083 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5085 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5086 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5088 if (newaddr
== start
)
5090 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5094 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5095 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5099 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5108 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5109 because of check_errors). */
5110 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5111 #define WP_DELETED 1
5112 /* The value has changed. */
5113 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5114 /* The value has not changed. */
5115 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5116 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5119 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5120 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5122 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5125 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5126 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5129 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5131 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5132 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5133 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5134 int within_current_scope
;
5136 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5137 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5138 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5140 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5141 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5142 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5143 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5146 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5147 within_current_scope
= 1;
5150 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5151 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5152 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5154 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5155 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5156 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5157 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5158 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5159 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5160 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5161 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5162 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5163 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5166 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5167 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5169 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5170 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5171 if (within_current_scope
)
5173 struct symbol
*function
;
5175 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5176 if (function
== NULL
5177 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5178 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5179 within_current_scope
= 0;
5182 if (within_current_scope
)
5183 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5184 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5189 if (within_current_scope
)
5191 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5192 time before we return to the command level and call
5193 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5194 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5198 struct value
*new_val
;
5200 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5201 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5202 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5203 a mask watchpoint. */
5204 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5206 mark
= value_mark ();
5207 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5209 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5210 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5212 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5213 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5214 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5215 not what we want. */
5216 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5217 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5219 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5221 release_value (new_val
);
5222 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5224 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5227 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5231 /* Nothing changed. */
5232 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5233 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5238 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5239 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5240 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5241 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5242 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5243 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5244 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5245 the first value assigned). */
5246 /* We print all the stop information in
5247 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5248 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5249 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5252 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5254 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5256 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5258 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5259 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
5260 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->number
);
5261 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
5262 "which its expression is valid.\n");
5265 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5266 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
5267 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5273 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5274 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5275 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5278 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5279 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5280 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5282 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5284 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5285 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5287 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5290 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5291 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5294 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5296 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5297 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5299 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5300 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5301 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5302 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5303 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5306 int must_check_value
= 0;
5308 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5309 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5311 must_check_value
= 1;
5312 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5313 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5314 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5316 must_check_value
= 1;
5317 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5318 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5319 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5320 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5321 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5322 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5323 must_check_value
= 1;
5325 if (must_check_value
)
5328 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5330 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5331 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5333 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5337 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5338 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5342 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5345 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5346 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5348 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5350 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5351 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5352 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5353 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5354 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5355 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5356 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5359 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5360 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5363 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5364 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5365 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5366 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5368 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5369 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5370 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5373 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5374 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5375 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5376 changes. This still gives false positives when
5377 the program writes the same value to memory as
5378 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5379 it for a read), but it's much better than
5382 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5384 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5386 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5388 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5389 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5390 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5392 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5393 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5395 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5396 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5398 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5404 if (other_write_watchpoint
5405 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5407 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5408 and the value changed since the last time we
5409 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5411 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5416 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5417 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5418 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5420 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5421 the value hasn't changed. */
5422 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5430 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5432 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5434 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5437 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5438 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5439 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5444 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5446 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5447 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5448 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5449 anything for this watchpoint. */
5450 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5456 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5457 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5458 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5459 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5462 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5464 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5465 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5466 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5467 struct expression
*cond
;
5469 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5471 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5472 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5473 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5474 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5475 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5477 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5478 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5479 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5481 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5482 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5488 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5489 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5491 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5492 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5499 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5501 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5503 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5505 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5507 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5510 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5512 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5514 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5515 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5517 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5518 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5519 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5520 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5522 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5524 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5525 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5529 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5530 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5531 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5532 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5533 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5535 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5536 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5539 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5541 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5542 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5543 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5544 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5545 really matter which instantiation of the function
5546 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5547 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5548 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5549 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5550 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5551 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5552 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5553 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5555 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5557 select_frame (frame
);
5559 within_current_scope
= 0;
5561 if (within_current_scope
)
5563 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5564 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5568 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5569 "in the current scope"));
5570 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5571 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5574 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5575 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5578 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5582 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5586 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5588 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5592 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5593 on the current target. */
5596 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5598 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5599 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5600 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5601 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5605 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5606 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5608 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5609 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5612 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5614 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5616 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5617 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5618 several reasons concurrently.)
5620 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5621 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5624 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5625 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5626 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5628 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5629 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5630 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5631 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5632 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5633 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5636 int need_remove_insert
;
5639 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5640 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5641 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5642 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5643 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5644 inferior function calls. */
5648 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5651 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5653 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5654 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5655 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5656 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5657 checked all locations already. */
5658 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5661 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5664 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5667 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5670 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5673 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5674 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5675 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5679 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5680 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5681 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5683 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5685 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5687 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5692 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5693 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5694 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5696 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5698 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5699 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5701 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5702 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5705 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5710 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5711 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5712 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5714 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5716 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5718 handle_solib_event ();
5723 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5724 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5725 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5729 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5734 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5735 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5738 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5743 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5745 /* We will stop here. */
5746 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5748 --(b
->enable_count
);
5749 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5750 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5755 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5756 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5757 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5758 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5761 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5766 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5768 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5769 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5772 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5773 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5774 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5776 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5777 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5778 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5780 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5781 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5783 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5785 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5786 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5789 if (need_remove_insert
)
5790 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5791 else if (removed_any
)
5792 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5798 handle_jit_event (void)
5800 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5801 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5804 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5806 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5807 breakpoint_re_set. */
5808 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5810 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5811 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5813 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5815 target_terminal_inferior ();
5818 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5820 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5823 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5825 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5828 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5829 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5830 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5832 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5834 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5835 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5836 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5839 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5841 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5842 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5846 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5853 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5854 case bp_single_step
:
5857 case bp_shlib_event
:
5861 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5863 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5866 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5869 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5870 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5871 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5875 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5877 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5881 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5882 This requires no further action. */
5886 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5890 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5891 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5894 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5896 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5897 case bp_exception_resume
:
5900 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5901 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5904 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5906 case bp_step_resume
:
5908 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5911 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5912 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5915 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5917 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5920 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5921 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5924 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5925 case bp_thread_event
:
5926 case bp_overlay_event
:
5927 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5928 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5929 case bp_exception_master
:
5930 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5936 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5938 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5942 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5943 This requires no further action. */
5947 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5950 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5951 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5952 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5953 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5955 case bp_std_terminate
:
5956 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5957 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5958 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5959 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5962 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5963 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5964 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5965 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5967 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5968 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5970 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5971 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5972 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5974 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5975 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5976 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5977 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5982 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5984 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5988 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5989 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5992 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5999 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
6003 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6005 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6012 handle_jit_event ();
6014 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6015 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
6017 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6018 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
6024 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
6025 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
6026 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
6029 bpstat_should_step (void)
6031 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6034 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
6040 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
6042 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6051 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6052 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6053 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6056 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
6058 static char wrap_indent
[80];
6059 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
6063 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
6065 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
6067 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
6068 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
6069 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
6074 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
6080 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6081 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6083 "host": Host evals condition.
6084 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6085 "target": Target evals condition.
6089 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6091 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6092 char host_evals
= 0;
6093 char target_evals
= 0;
6098 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6101 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6102 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6103 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6105 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6107 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6113 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6114 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6115 else if (target_evals
)
6116 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6118 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6121 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6122 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6125 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6127 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6130 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6131 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6132 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6134 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6135 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6137 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6140 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6143 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6144 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6146 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6148 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
6150 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6154 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6156 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6157 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6158 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6161 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6164 uiout
->text ("in ");
6165 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6167 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6168 uiout
->text ("at ");
6170 uiout
->field_string ("file",
6171 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6174 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6175 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6177 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
6183 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
6185 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
6189 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
6190 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6191 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6192 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6193 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6194 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6196 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6200 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
6204 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6205 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6206 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6209 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6210 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6216 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6218 struct ep_type_description
6221 const char *description
;
6223 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6225 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6226 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6227 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6228 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6229 {bp_until
, "until"},
6230 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6231 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6232 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6233 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6234 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6235 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6236 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6237 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6238 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6239 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6240 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6241 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6242 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6243 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6244 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6245 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6246 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6247 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6248 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6249 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6250 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6251 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6252 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6253 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6254 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6255 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6256 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6257 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6258 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6261 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6262 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6263 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6264 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6267 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6270 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6271 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6274 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6275 const char *field_name
,
6279 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6283 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6284 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6285 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6288 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6290 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6296 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6297 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6302 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6306 uiout
->text (plongest (inf
));
6311 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6314 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6315 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6317 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6320 struct command_line
*l
;
6321 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6323 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6324 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6325 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6326 struct value_print_options opts
;
6328 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6330 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6331 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6332 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6335 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6336 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6344 if (part_of_multiple
)
6347 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6348 uiout
->field_string ("number", formatted
);
6353 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6358 if (part_of_multiple
)
6359 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6361 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6365 if (part_of_multiple
)
6366 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6368 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6373 if (part_of_multiple
)
6374 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6376 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6381 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6383 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6384 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6385 make sure there's just one location. */
6386 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6387 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6393 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6394 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6398 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6399 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6400 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6402 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6404 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6405 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6406 is relatively readable). */
6407 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6408 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6410 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6415 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6416 case bp_single_step
:
6420 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6421 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6423 case bp_exception_resume
:
6424 case bp_step_resume
:
6425 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6426 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6428 case bp_std_terminate
:
6429 case bp_shlib_event
:
6430 case bp_thread_event
:
6431 case bp_overlay_event
:
6432 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6433 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6434 case bp_exception_master
:
6436 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6437 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6440 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6441 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6442 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6445 if (header_of_multiple
)
6446 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6447 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6448 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6450 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6451 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6454 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6455 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6462 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6464 struct inferior
*inf
;
6465 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6470 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6471 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6474 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6475 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6477 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6478 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6479 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6480 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6481 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6482 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6484 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6485 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6488 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6490 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6492 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6493 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6494 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6495 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6497 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6499 uiout
->text (" task ");
6500 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6506 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6507 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6509 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6512 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6513 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6515 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6516 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6520 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6523 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6524 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6526 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6527 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6529 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6530 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6531 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6532 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6533 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6536 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6537 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6538 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6543 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6545 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6546 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6547 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6548 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6551 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6553 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6558 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6562 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6563 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6564 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6565 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6566 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6568 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6569 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6570 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6571 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6572 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6574 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6578 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6579 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6580 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6584 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6587 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6588 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6589 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6592 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6593 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6594 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6595 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6598 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6599 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6600 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6601 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6602 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6604 uiout
->text ("next ");
6605 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6606 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6609 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6611 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6613 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6615 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6616 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6617 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6621 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6622 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6625 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6626 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6629 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6631 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6633 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6635 annotate_field (10);
6636 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6637 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6638 uiout
->text (" \n");
6641 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6643 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6645 annotate_field (11);
6647 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6648 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6649 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6655 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6656 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6661 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6663 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6665 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6667 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6669 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6670 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6671 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6672 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6677 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6678 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6681 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6684 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "bkpt");
6686 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6689 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6690 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6691 locations, if any. */
6692 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6694 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6695 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6696 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6699 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6700 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6702 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6703 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6705 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6708 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6710 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6711 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6718 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6720 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6721 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6723 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6724 address to print. */
6725 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6728 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6732 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6733 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6734 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6737 return print_address_bits
;
6740 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6746 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6748 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
6749 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*) data
;
6750 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6751 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6755 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6757 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6765 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6766 char **error_message
)
6768 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6771 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6773 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6774 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6780 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6781 internal or momentary. */
6784 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6786 return b
->number
> 0;
6789 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6792 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6794 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6797 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6798 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6799 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6800 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6801 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6802 breakpoints listed. */
6805 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6806 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6808 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6809 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6810 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6811 struct value_print_options opts
;
6812 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6813 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6814 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6816 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6818 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6819 required for address fields. */
6820 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6823 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6824 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6827 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6828 accept. Skip the others. */
6829 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6831 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6833 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6837 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6839 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6841 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6842 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6843 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6845 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6846 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6847 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6849 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6854 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6855 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6856 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6859 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6860 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6861 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6863 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6864 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6866 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6867 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6869 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6870 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6872 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6873 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6875 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6877 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6878 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6880 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6882 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6884 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6885 uiout
->table_body ();
6886 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6887 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6892 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6893 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6896 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6897 accept. Skip the others. */
6899 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6901 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6903 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6906 else /* all others */
6908 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6912 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6914 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6915 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6919 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6921 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6925 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6926 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6928 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6934 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6935 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6938 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6939 there have been breakpoints? */
6940 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6942 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6945 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6946 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6949 default_collect_info (void)
6951 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6953 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6954 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6956 if (!*default_collect
)
6959 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6961 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6962 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6963 uiout
->text (" \n");
6967 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6969 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6971 default_collect_info ();
6975 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6977 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6978 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6980 if (num_printed
== 0)
6982 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6983 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6985 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6990 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6992 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6994 default_collect_info ();
6998 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6999 struct program_space
*pspace
,
7000 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
7002 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
7004 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7006 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
7007 && bl
->address
== pc
7008 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
7014 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
7015 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
7019 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7020 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7021 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
7024 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7027 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
7028 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
7032 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7033 else /* if (others == ???) */
7034 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7036 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
7039 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
7040 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
7041 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
7042 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
7043 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
7044 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
7045 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
7046 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7050 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
7052 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7053 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
7054 printf_filtered (".\n");
7059 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7060 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7061 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7062 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7064 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7065 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7066 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7067 breakpoint location at address zero:
7075 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7077 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
7079 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
7082 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7083 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7086 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7087 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7089 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7090 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7092 /* Both of them must exist. */
7093 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7094 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7096 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7097 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7098 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7099 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7100 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7101 other watchpoint. */
7103 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7105 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7106 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
7108 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7110 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7111 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
7114 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7115 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7116 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7117 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7118 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7119 become hw_access locations later. */
7120 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7121 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7122 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7123 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7126 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7129 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7130 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7132 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7133 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7137 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7138 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7139 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7140 space doesn't really matter. */
7143 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7144 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7147 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7148 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7149 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7152 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7153 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7154 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7155 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7158 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7159 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7162 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7165 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7166 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7170 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7171 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7172 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7173 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7174 doesn't really matter. */
7177 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7178 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7179 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
7181 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7182 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
7184 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
7186 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
7192 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7193 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7194 true, otherwise returns false. */
7197 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7198 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7200 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7201 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7202 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7203 different locations. */
7204 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7209 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7210 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7211 represent the same location. */
7214 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7215 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7217 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7219 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7220 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7221 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7223 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7224 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7226 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7229 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7230 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7231 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7233 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7234 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7235 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7236 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7240 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7241 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7243 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7244 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7248 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7249 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7251 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7252 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7254 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7257 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7258 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7259 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7260 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7263 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7264 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7266 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7268 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7271 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7272 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7273 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7274 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7275 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7277 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7278 have their addresses modified. */
7281 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7283 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7284 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7285 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7286 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7287 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7288 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7293 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7295 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7296 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7297 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7299 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7300 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7302 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7303 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7305 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7309 bp_location::bp_location (const bp_location_ops
*ops
, breakpoint
*owner
)
7311 bp_location
*loc
= this;
7313 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7317 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7318 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7321 switch (owner
->type
)
7324 case bp_single_step
:
7328 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7329 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7331 case bp_exception_resume
:
7332 case bp_step_resume
:
7333 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7334 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7336 case bp_std_terminate
:
7337 case bp_shlib_event
:
7338 case bp_thread_event
:
7339 case bp_overlay_event
:
7341 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7342 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7343 case bp_exception_master
:
7344 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7345 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7347 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7348 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7350 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7351 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7352 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7354 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7355 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7356 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7357 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7362 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7363 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7364 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7367 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7373 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7375 static struct bp_location
*
7376 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7378 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7382 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7384 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7388 /* Increment reference count. */
7391 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7396 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7397 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7400 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7402 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7404 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7405 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7409 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7412 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7414 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7416 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7417 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7419 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7421 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7430 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7433 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7434 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7436 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7438 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7442 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7443 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7444 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7445 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7448 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7449 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7451 static struct breakpoint
*
7452 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7454 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7456 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7458 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7459 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
.get ());
7461 return b
.release ();
7464 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7465 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7469 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7471 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7473 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7474 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7475 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7478 const char *function_name
;
7479 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7481 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7482 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7484 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7486 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7488 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7489 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7490 &loc
->requested_address
))
7492 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7493 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7494 loc
->requested_address
,
7497 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7498 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7500 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7501 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7502 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7503 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7505 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7510 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7514 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7516 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7519 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7521 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7526 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7527 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7528 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7530 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7531 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7532 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7535 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7536 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7537 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7539 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7541 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7543 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7544 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7546 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7547 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7549 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7550 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7553 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7554 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7555 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7556 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7557 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7558 is also returned as the value of this function.
7560 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7561 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7562 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7563 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7564 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7565 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7566 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7569 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7570 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7571 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7573 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7575 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7576 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
.get ());
7578 return b
.release ();
7581 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7582 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7583 initiated the operation. */
7586 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7588 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7589 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7591 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7592 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7593 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7594 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7595 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7596 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7597 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7598 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7600 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7601 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7603 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7604 after their removal. */
7605 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7606 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7607 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7610 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7613 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7615 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7617 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7619 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7620 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7622 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7623 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7628 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7630 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7632 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7633 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7635 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7636 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7640 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7641 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7642 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7646 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7648 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7651 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7653 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7655 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7656 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7658 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7660 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7662 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7665 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7666 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7667 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7668 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7674 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7675 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7678 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7679 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7683 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7685 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7687 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7688 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7690 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7692 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7693 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7694 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7695 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7698 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7700 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7702 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7703 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7704 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7706 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7711 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7713 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7716 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7718 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7719 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7720 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7725 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7727 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7730 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7732 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7733 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7734 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7738 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7739 master breakpoint. */
7741 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7743 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7745 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7746 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7747 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7749 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7750 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7754 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7756 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7758 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7760 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7761 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7762 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7766 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7768 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7770 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7771 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7773 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7774 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7775 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7777 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7782 struct lang_and_radix
7788 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7791 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7793 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7794 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7797 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7800 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7802 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7804 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7805 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7806 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7807 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7811 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7813 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7815 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7816 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7817 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7818 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7821 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7824 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7826 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7828 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7829 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7830 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7831 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7834 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7835 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7836 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7838 static struct breakpoint
*
7839 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7840 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7842 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7844 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7845 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7846 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7851 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7853 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7856 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7859 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7861 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7863 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7865 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7866 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7868 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7874 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7875 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7878 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7880 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7882 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7884 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7885 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7887 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7888 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7889 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7890 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7891 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7892 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7893 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7894 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7895 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7896 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7897 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7898 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7901 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7906 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7907 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7908 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7911 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7913 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7914 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7916 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7918 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7919 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7921 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7922 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7923 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7924 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7925 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7926 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7927 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7928 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7929 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7931 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7932 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7933 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7934 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7937 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7938 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7940 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7942 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7943 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7944 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7947 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7952 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7953 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7954 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7957 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7959 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7961 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7964 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7965 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7966 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7967 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7968 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7969 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7970 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7971 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7972 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7973 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7975 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7976 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7981 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7982 int bp_modified
= 0;
7984 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7987 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7989 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7991 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7992 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7995 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7998 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
8001 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8002 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8005 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
8007 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
8008 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
8009 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
8010 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
8011 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
8014 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
8021 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
8025 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8027 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8028 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
8029 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8031 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8033 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8034 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8035 catchpoint has triggered. */
8036 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
8039 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8043 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8045 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8048 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8052 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8054 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8057 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8061 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8062 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8063 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8065 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8067 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
8070 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8074 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8077 static enum print_stop_action
8078 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8080 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8081 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8082 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8084 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8085 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8086 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8087 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8089 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8090 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8092 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8093 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8095 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8096 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
8097 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8098 uiout
->text ("), ");
8099 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8102 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8106 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8108 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8109 struct value_print_options opts
;
8110 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8112 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8114 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8115 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8117 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8118 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8120 uiout
->text ("fork");
8121 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8123 uiout
->text (", process ");
8124 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8128 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8129 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
8132 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8136 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8138 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8141 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8145 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8147 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8148 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8151 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8153 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8155 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8159 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8161 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8164 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8168 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8170 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8173 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8177 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8178 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8179 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8181 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8183 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8186 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8190 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8193 static enum print_stop_action
8194 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8196 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8197 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8198 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8200 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8201 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8202 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8203 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8205 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8206 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8208 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8209 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8211 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8212 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
8213 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8214 uiout
->text ("), ");
8215 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8218 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8222 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8224 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8225 struct value_print_options opts
;
8226 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8228 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8229 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8230 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8232 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8233 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8235 uiout
->text ("vfork");
8236 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8238 uiout
->text (", process ");
8239 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8243 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8244 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
8247 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8251 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8253 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8256 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8260 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8262 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8263 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8266 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8268 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8270 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8271 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8272 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8274 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8276 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
8278 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8279 unsigned char is_load
;
8281 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8282 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8284 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
8287 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
8289 xfree (this->regex
);
8293 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8299 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8305 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8306 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8308 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8310 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8311 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8313 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8316 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8318 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8320 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8323 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8326 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
8329 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8331 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8340 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8342 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8343 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8348 struct so_list
*iter
;
8351 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8356 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8365 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8370 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8376 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8379 static enum print_stop_action
8380 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8382 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8383 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8385 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8386 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8387 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8388 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8390 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8391 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8393 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8394 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8395 print_solib_event (1);
8396 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8400 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8402 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8403 struct value_print_options opts
;
8404 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8407 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8408 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8409 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8411 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8414 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8421 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8423 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8428 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8430 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8432 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8435 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8436 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8440 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8442 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8444 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8445 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8449 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8451 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8453 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8454 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8455 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8457 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8458 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8461 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8463 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8464 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8465 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8466 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8467 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8468 created in an enabled state. */
8471 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8473 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8474 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8475 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8479 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
8481 c
= new solib_catchpoint ();
8482 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8486 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8487 _("Invalid regexp")));
8488 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8491 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8492 init_catchpoint (c
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8493 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8495 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8497 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8498 install_breakpoint (0, c
, 1);
8501 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8505 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8506 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8509 const int enabled
= 1;
8511 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8513 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8517 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8518 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8520 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8524 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8525 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8527 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8530 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8531 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8532 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8533 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8536 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8537 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8538 const char *cond_string
,
8539 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8541 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8544 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8546 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8548 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8549 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8553 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8555 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8556 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8557 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8558 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8561 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8564 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8568 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8569 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8570 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8572 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= new fork_catchpoint ();
8574 init_catchpoint (c
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8576 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8578 install_breakpoint (0, c
, 1);
8581 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8583 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8584 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8585 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8587 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8589 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8591 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8592 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8594 char *exec_pathname
;
8597 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8599 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8601 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8605 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8607 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8611 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8613 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8617 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8618 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8619 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8621 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8623 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8626 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8630 static enum print_stop_action
8631 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8633 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8634 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8635 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8637 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8638 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8639 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8640 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8642 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8643 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8645 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8646 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8648 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8649 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8650 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8651 uiout
->text ("), ");
8653 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8657 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8659 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8660 struct value_print_options opts
;
8661 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8663 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8665 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8666 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8667 is relatively readable). */
8668 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8669 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8671 uiout
->text ("exec");
8672 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8674 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8675 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8676 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8679 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8680 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8684 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8686 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8689 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8693 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8695 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8696 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8699 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8702 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8705 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8706 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8710 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8711 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8713 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8715 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8722 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8726 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8729 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8731 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8734 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8736 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8738 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8744 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8745 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8746 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8747 types _not_ TYPE. */
8750 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8751 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8754 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8756 *other_type_used
= 0;
8761 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8764 if (b
->type
== type
)
8765 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8766 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8767 *other_type_used
= 1;
8774 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8776 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8780 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8782 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8783 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8789 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8791 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8795 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8797 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8798 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8804 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8806 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8807 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8811 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8813 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8814 breakpoint_re_set ();
8817 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8820 static struct breakpoint
*
8821 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8823 struct breakpoint
*b
= new breakpoint ();
8825 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8826 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8828 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8829 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8832 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8834 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8839 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8840 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8844 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8845 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8847 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8849 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8851 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8853 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8854 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8855 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8856 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8858 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8859 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8861 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8862 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8864 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8869 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8870 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8871 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8873 static struct breakpoint
*
8874 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8876 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8879 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8881 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8882 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8883 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8885 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8886 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8887 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8888 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8889 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8890 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8891 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8892 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8893 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8894 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8895 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8896 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8898 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8899 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8900 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8902 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8906 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8910 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8912 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8916 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8920 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8923 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8925 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8927 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8928 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8930 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8934 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8937 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8939 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8940 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8942 printf_filtered ("\n");
8946 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8948 static struct bp_location
*
8949 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8950 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8952 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8953 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8954 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8956 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8957 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8959 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8960 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8961 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8962 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8963 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8964 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8965 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8968 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8969 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8970 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8971 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8976 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8977 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8978 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8979 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
8980 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8981 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8982 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8983 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8984 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8985 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8987 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8988 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8990 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8991 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8992 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8993 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8994 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8995 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8996 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8997 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8998 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8999 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
9000 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
9001 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
9003 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9010 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9013 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
9017 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9018 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9019 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9023 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9025 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9029 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
9031 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9032 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9033 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9034 cleanup
= make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9036 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9037 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9040 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9045 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9046 return 0 otherwise. */
9049 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9051 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9053 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9054 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9055 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9057 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
9060 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9061 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9062 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
9065 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9066 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9069 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9071 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9072 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9077 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9079 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9081 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9083 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9085 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9086 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9088 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9089 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9090 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9092 if (!dprintf_function
)
9093 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9095 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9096 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9101 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9105 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9107 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9108 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9111 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9112 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9116 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9117 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9119 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9120 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9122 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
9124 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9125 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9126 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9127 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9128 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9130 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, command_line_up (printf_cmd_line
));
9134 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9135 current style settings. */
9138 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9139 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9141 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9145 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9146 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9150 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9151 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9152 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
9153 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
9156 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9157 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9158 event_location_up
&&location
,
9159 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
9160 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
9161 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
9162 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9163 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9164 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9165 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9166 int display_canonical
)
9170 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9172 int target_resources_ok
;
9174 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9175 target_resources_ok
=
9176 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9178 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9179 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9180 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9181 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9184 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9186 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9188 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9189 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9193 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9195 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9197 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9198 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9203 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9207 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
9208 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
9209 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9210 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9211 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9213 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9214 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9216 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9218 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9219 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9221 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9223 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9224 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9226 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
9230 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9232 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9234 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9235 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9237 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9239 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9241 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9243 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9244 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9246 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9248 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9251 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9252 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9259 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9260 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9266 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9268 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9269 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9271 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9274 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9275 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9276 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9278 if (b
->extra_string
)
9279 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9281 error (_("Format string required"));
9283 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9284 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9287 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9288 if (location
!= NULL
)
9289 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
9291 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
9292 b
->filter
= filter
.release ();
9296 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9297 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9298 event_location_up
&&location
,
9299 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
9300 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
9301 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
9302 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9303 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9304 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9305 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9306 int display_canonical
)
9308 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
9310 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
9311 sals
, std::move (location
),
9313 std::move (cond_string
),
9314 std::move (extra_string
),
9316 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9318 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9321 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
.release (), 0);
9324 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9325 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9326 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9327 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9328 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9329 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9330 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9331 we take just a single condition string.
9333 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9334 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9335 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9336 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9337 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9340 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9341 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9342 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
9343 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
9344 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9345 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9346 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9347 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9350 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9352 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9353 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9355 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9357 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9358 'break', without arguments. */
9359 event_location_up location
9360 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9361 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
9362 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
9363 (lsal
->canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
);
9365 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9366 std::move (location
),
9367 std::move (filter_string
),
9368 std::move (cond_string
),
9369 std::move (extra_string
),
9371 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9372 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9373 canonical
->special_display
);
9377 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9378 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9379 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9380 linespec locations).
9382 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9383 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9386 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9387 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9389 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9391 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9393 const char *address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9395 if (address
== NULL
)
9397 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9398 breakpoint address. */
9399 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9401 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9402 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9405 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9406 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9408 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9409 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9410 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9411 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9412 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9413 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9415 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9417 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9418 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9419 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9420 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9421 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9423 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9425 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9426 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9427 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9429 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9433 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9437 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9438 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9439 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9440 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9442 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9443 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9444 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9445 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9447 const char *address
= NULL
;
9449 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9450 address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9454 && strchr ("+-", address
[0]) != NULL
9455 && address
[1] != '['))
9457 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9458 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9459 get_last_displayed_line (),
9460 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9465 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9466 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9470 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9471 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9474 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9478 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9479 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9482 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9483 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9484 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9485 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9486 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9490 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9491 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9494 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9496 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9498 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9500 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9502 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9504 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9505 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9506 associated with SAL. */
9509 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
, &msg
);
9510 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9513 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9514 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9516 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9520 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9521 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9522 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9523 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9524 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9525 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9528 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9529 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9532 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9539 const char *end_tok
;
9541 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9542 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9544 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9546 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9548 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9552 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9554 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9556 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9558 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9559 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9561 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9563 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9566 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9569 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9571 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9572 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9575 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9580 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9582 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9583 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9584 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9589 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9593 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9597 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9599 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9600 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9602 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9603 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9604 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9605 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9610 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9612 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9614 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9615 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9617 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9618 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9619 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9621 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9622 sals
.sals
= XNEWVEC (struct symtab_and_line
, sals
.nelts
);
9624 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9626 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9628 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9630 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9632 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9633 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9635 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9638 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9644 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9647 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9648 const struct event_location
*location
,
9649 const char *cond_string
,
9650 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9652 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9654 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9655 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9656 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9659 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9660 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9663 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9665 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9667 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9668 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9669 extra_string
= NULL
;
9673 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9675 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9677 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9679 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9681 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9684 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9685 throw_exception (e
);
9687 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9689 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9690 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9691 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9692 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9693 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9696 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9697 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9698 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9699 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9703 throw_exception (e
);
9707 if (!pending
&& VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9710 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9711 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9712 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9713 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9714 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9716 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9717 are ok for the target. */
9721 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9723 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9724 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9727 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9728 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9731 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9733 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9734 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9737 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9738 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9742 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9743 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9749 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9751 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9753 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9754 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9755 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9756 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9758 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9759 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9760 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9761 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9765 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9766 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9767 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9769 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9771 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9772 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9774 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9777 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9778 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9779 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9781 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9782 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9783 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9787 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9789 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9790 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9793 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9796 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9797 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9801 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9802 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9803 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9804 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9805 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9806 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9807 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9808 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9809 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9811 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
.release (), 0);
9814 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9816 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9817 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9818 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9821 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9823 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9825 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9826 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9831 /* Set a breakpoint.
9832 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9833 condition, and thread.
9834 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9835 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9839 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9841 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9842 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9843 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9845 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9847 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9849 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9850 if (location
!= NULL
9851 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9852 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9854 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9856 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9858 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9859 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9860 0 /* Ignore count */,
9861 pending_break_support
,
9869 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9872 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9876 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9878 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9879 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9880 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9883 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9884 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9885 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9886 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9889 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9891 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9892 const struct block
*b
;
9895 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9896 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9899 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9902 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9903 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9908 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9909 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9910 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9911 happen in assembly source). */
9913 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9914 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9916 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9918 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9925 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9927 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9931 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9933 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9937 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9939 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9943 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9945 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9949 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9951 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9952 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9953 stop at <line>\n"));
9957 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9961 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9963 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9968 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9969 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9970 function/method name. */
9971 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9973 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9978 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9980 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9984 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9986 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9990 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9994 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10001 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10002 it is probably a line number. */
10003 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10005 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10010 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10012 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10016 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10018 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10021 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10022 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10023 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10027 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10029 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10031 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10032 the next character must be ','. */
10035 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
10036 error (_("Format string required"));
10039 /* Skip the comma. */
10044 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10046 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10048 0 /* Ignore count */,
10049 pending_break_support
,
10050 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10058 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10060 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10063 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10064 ranged breakpoints. */
10067 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10068 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10070 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10072 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10073 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10076 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10077 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10080 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10081 ranged breakpoints. */
10084 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10086 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10089 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10090 ranged breakpoints. */
10092 static enum print_stop_action
10093 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10095 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10096 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10097 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10099 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10101 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10102 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10104 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10106 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10108 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10109 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
10111 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
10112 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10114 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
10115 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10116 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10118 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
10119 uiout
->text (", ");
10121 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10124 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10125 ranged breakpoints. */
10128 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10129 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10131 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10132 struct value_print_options opts
;
10133 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10135 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10136 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10138 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10140 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10141 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10142 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10143 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
10144 annotate_field (5);
10145 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10149 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10150 ranged breakpoints. */
10153 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10154 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10156 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10157 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10162 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10163 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10165 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
10166 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
10167 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10168 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10169 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
10170 uiout
->text ("\n");
10173 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10174 ranged breakpoints. */
10177 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10179 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10180 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10183 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10185 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10188 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10189 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10190 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10193 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10194 ranged breakpoints. */
10197 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10199 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
10200 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
10201 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
10202 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10205 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10207 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10209 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10210 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10211 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10212 last instruction of the given line. */
10215 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10219 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10220 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10221 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10228 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10230 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10232 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10239 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10242 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10244 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
;
10245 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10246 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10248 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10249 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10250 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10251 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10253 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10254 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10255 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10257 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10258 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10259 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10261 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10262 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10264 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10265 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10266 error(_("No address range specified."));
10269 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10271 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
10274 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10275 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10276 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10278 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10280 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10281 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10282 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10284 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10285 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10286 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10288 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10289 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10291 /* Parse the end location. */
10295 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10296 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10297 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10298 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10299 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10300 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10302 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10303 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10304 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10306 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10307 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10309 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10310 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10311 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10312 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10314 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10316 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10317 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10318 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10320 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10322 /* Length overflowed. */
10323 error (_("Address range too large."));
10324 else if (length
== 1)
10326 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10327 the `hbreak' command. */
10328 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10330 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10335 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10336 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10337 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10338 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10339 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10340 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10341 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
10342 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
10343 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10345 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10348 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10349 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10352 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10353 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10354 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10358 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10360 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10366 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10367 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10370 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10380 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10381 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10382 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10383 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10384 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10386 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10413 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10416 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10417 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10422 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10423 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10424 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10425 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10426 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10427 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10428 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10430 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10431 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10436 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10438 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10439 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10440 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10441 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10443 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10444 are always constant. */
10446 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10448 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10449 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10450 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10455 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10456 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10457 then it is not a constant. */
10466 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10468 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10470 xfree (this->exp_string
);
10471 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
10472 value_free (this->val
);
10475 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10478 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10480 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10482 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10483 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10485 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10486 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10487 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10488 are loaded and unloaded.
10490 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10491 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10492 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10493 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10494 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10495 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10497 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10498 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10499 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10500 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10502 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10503 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10505 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10506 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10507 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10510 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10513 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10515 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10516 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10518 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10519 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10522 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10525 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10527 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10528 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10530 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10531 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10535 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10536 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10537 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10539 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10540 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10542 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10543 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10544 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10545 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10546 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10547 (did not match the data address). */
10548 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10549 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10556 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10558 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10560 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10563 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10564 hardware watchpoints. */
10567 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10569 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10570 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10572 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10575 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10576 hardware watchpoints. */
10579 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10581 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10582 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10585 static enum print_stop_action
10586 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10588 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10589 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10590 enum print_stop_action result
;
10591 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10592 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10594 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10596 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10597 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10599 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
10601 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10602 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10608 case bp_watchpoint
:
10609 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10610 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10611 uiout
->field_string
10612 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10614 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10615 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10616 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10617 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10618 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10619 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10620 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10621 uiout
->text ("\n");
10622 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10623 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10626 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10627 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10628 uiout
->field_string
10629 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10631 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10632 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10633 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10634 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10635 uiout
->text ("\n");
10636 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10639 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10640 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10642 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10643 uiout
->field_string
10645 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10647 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10648 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10649 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10650 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10651 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10656 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10657 uiout
->field_string
10659 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10660 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10661 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10663 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10664 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10665 uiout
->text ("\n");
10666 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10669 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10672 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10676 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10680 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10682 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10683 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10684 const char *tuple_name
;
10688 case bp_watchpoint
:
10689 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10690 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10692 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10693 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10694 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10696 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10697 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10698 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10700 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10701 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10702 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10705 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10706 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10709 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10710 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10711 uiout
->text (": ");
10712 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10715 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10719 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10721 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10725 case bp_watchpoint
:
10726 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10727 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10729 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10730 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10732 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10733 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10736 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10737 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10740 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10741 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10744 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10748 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10750 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10751 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10752 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10758 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10760 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10762 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10763 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10766 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10768 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10770 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10771 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10774 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10775 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10778 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10780 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10782 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10783 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10786 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10787 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10790 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10792 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10794 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10797 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10798 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10801 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10806 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10807 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10809 static enum print_stop_action
10810 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10812 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10813 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10815 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10816 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10818 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10819 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10823 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10824 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10825 uiout
->field_string
10826 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10829 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10830 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10831 uiout
->field_string
10832 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10835 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10836 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10837 uiout
->field_string
10839 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10842 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10843 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10847 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10848 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10849 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10850 uiout
->text ("\n");
10852 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10853 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10856 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10857 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10860 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10861 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10863 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10865 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10866 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10868 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10869 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10870 uiout
->text ("\n");
10873 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10874 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10877 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10879 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10880 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10881 const char *tuple_name
;
10885 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10886 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10887 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10889 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10890 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10891 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10893 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10894 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10895 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10898 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10899 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10902 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10903 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10904 uiout
->text (": ");
10905 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10908 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10909 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10912 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10914 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10919 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10920 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10922 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10923 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10925 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10926 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10929 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10930 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10933 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10934 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10935 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10938 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10940 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10942 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10945 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10947 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10950 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10951 hw_read: watch read,
10952 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10954 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10955 int just_location
, int internal
)
10957 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10958 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10959 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10960 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10961 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10962 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10963 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10965 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10966 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10967 enum bptype bp_type
;
10970 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10971 the hardware watchpoint. */
10973 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10974 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10976 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
10978 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10979 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10981 const char *value_start
;
10983 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10985 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10986 of the arguments string. */
10987 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10989 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10990 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10993 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10994 This is the value of the parameter. */
10995 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10997 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10999 /* Skip whitespace. */
11000 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11005 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11006 This is the parameter itself. */
11007 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11010 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11012 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
11014 struct thread_info
*thr
;
11015 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11016 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11017 only in a specific thread. */
11021 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11023 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11024 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
11026 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
11027 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11028 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
11030 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
11032 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
11034 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11035 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11037 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11040 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11042 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11044 mark
= value_mark ();
11045 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11046 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11047 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11050 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11053 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11054 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11061 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11062 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11064 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11065 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11066 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11067 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11068 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11070 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11071 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11073 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11076 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11077 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
11081 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11082 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11084 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11087 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11088 mark
= value_mark ();
11089 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11091 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11093 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11094 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11101 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11102 val
= value_addr (result
);
11103 release_value (val
);
11104 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11108 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11111 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11112 else if (ret
== -2)
11113 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11116 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11117 release_value (val
);
11119 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11120 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11122 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11123 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11125 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11126 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11127 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11129 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11130 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11131 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11136 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11138 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11140 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
11142 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
11144 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11145 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11146 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11147 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11148 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
11150 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
11152 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11154 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
11155 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
11158 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
11159 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11160 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11162 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
11165 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11167 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11168 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11170 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11171 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
11173 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11174 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
11175 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
11176 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11177 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11178 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11179 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11183 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11184 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11185 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11186 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11188 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11189 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11190 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11191 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11193 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11195 w
= new watchpoint ();
11198 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11199 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11201 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11202 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11203 w
->thread
= thread
;
11204 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11205 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11206 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
11207 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11208 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11211 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11212 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11214 w
->exp_string_reparse
11215 = current_language
->la_watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
11217 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11218 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11221 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11225 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11230 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11231 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11236 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11238 w
->cond_string
= 0;
11240 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
11242 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
11243 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11247 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11248 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11251 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11253 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11254 need to act on them together. */
11255 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11256 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
11259 if (!just_location
)
11260 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11264 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11265 that should be inserted. */
11266 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11268 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11270 delete_breakpoint (w
);
11271 throw_exception (e
);
11275 install_breakpoint (internal
, w
, 1);
11276 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11279 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11280 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11283 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11285 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11286 struct value
*head
= v
;
11288 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11289 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11292 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11293 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11294 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11295 hardware watchpoint.
11297 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11298 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11299 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11300 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11301 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11302 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11303 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11304 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11305 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11307 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11308 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11309 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11310 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11311 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11313 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11315 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11316 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11317 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11318 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11319 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11320 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11324 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11325 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11326 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11328 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11329 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11330 middle of some value chain. */
11332 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11333 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11335 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11339 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11340 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11341 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11343 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11347 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11351 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11352 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11353 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11354 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11355 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11358 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11359 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11360 return found_memory_cnt
;
11364 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11366 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11369 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11370 calls watch_command_1. */
11373 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11375 int just_location
= 0;
11378 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11379 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11381 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11385 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11389 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11391 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11395 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11397 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11401 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11403 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11407 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11409 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11413 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11415 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11419 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11420 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11423 struct until_break_fsm
11425 /* The base class. */
11426 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11428 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11431 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11432 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11434 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11436 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11439 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11440 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11441 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11442 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11443 static enum async_reply_reason
11444 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11446 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11448 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11451 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11452 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11453 NULL
, /* return_value */
11454 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11457 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11459 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11460 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11461 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
,
11462 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
)
11464 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11466 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11467 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
, cmd_interp
);
11469 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11470 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
;
11471 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
;
11476 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11477 until(location)/advance commands. */
11480 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11481 struct thread_info
*tp
)
11483 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11485 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11486 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11487 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11488 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11489 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11490 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11495 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11496 until(location)/advance commands. */
11499 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11500 struct thread_info
*thread
)
11502 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11504 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11505 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11507 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11508 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11510 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11512 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11513 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11515 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11518 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11519 until(location)/advance commands. */
11521 static enum async_reply_reason
11522 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11524 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11528 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11530 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11531 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11532 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11533 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11534 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11535 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11536 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11537 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11538 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11540 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11541 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11543 clear_proceed_status (0);
11545 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11548 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11550 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11551 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11552 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11553 get_last_displayed_line ());
11555 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11556 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11558 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11559 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11561 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11562 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11565 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11567 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11569 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11570 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11572 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11574 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11575 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11576 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11579 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11580 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11581 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11582 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11584 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11587 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11589 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11590 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11592 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11593 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11594 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11595 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11599 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint
);
11601 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11602 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11605 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11609 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11610 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11611 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11612 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11614 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11615 only at the very same frame. */
11616 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11617 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11618 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint
);
11620 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11621 location_breakpoint
, caller_breakpoint
);
11622 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11624 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11626 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11629 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11630 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11632 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11633 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11634 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11635 if clause in the arg string. */
11638 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11640 const char *cond_string
;
11642 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11645 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11648 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11649 condition string. */
11650 *arg
= skip_spaces_const (*arg
);
11651 cond_string
= *arg
;
11653 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11655 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11657 return cond_string
;
11660 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11661 process start/exit, etc. */
11665 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11666 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11671 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11672 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11674 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11675 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11676 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11677 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11680 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11681 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11682 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11686 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11688 /* The allowed syntax is:
11690 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11692 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11693 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11695 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11696 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11698 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11699 and enable reporting of such events. */
11702 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11703 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11704 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11705 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11707 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11708 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11709 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11710 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11713 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11719 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11720 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11722 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11723 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11724 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11726 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11728 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11732 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11734 /* The allowed syntax is:
11736 catch exec if <cond>
11738 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11739 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11741 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11742 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11744 c
= new exec_catchpoint ();
11745 init_catchpoint (c
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11746 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11747 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11749 install_breakpoint (0, c
, 1);
11753 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11754 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11755 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11757 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11764 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11766 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11768 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11769 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11770 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11771 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11772 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11773 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11774 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11775 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11776 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11777 enough for now, though. */
11780 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11782 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11783 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11784 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11785 language_def (language_ada
));
11786 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11790 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11792 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11797 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11799 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11802 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11805 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11807 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= (const breakpoint_p
*) a
;
11808 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11809 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= (const breakpoint_p
*) b
;
11810 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11812 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11814 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11817 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11821 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11824 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11827 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11829 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11830 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11833 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11834 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11836 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11840 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11841 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11842 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11843 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11848 sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
11849 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11850 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11852 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11853 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11854 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11855 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11856 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11857 error (_("No source file specified."));
11859 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11865 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11866 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11867 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11868 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11870 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11871 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11872 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11873 due to optimization, all in one block.
11875 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11876 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11877 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11878 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11879 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11880 to support that. */
11882 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11883 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11884 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11888 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11889 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11891 const char *sal_fullname
;
11893 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11894 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11895 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11898 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11903 1 0 <can't happen> */
11905 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11906 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11907 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11909 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11910 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11913 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11914 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11916 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11917 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11919 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11920 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11921 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11923 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11924 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11925 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11926 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11927 int line_match
= 0;
11929 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11930 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11931 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11932 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11933 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11934 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11935 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11938 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11947 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11951 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11952 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11955 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11957 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11960 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11961 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11962 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11963 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11964 compare_breakpoints
);
11965 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11966 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11970 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11975 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11976 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11979 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11980 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11982 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11985 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11988 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11989 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11992 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11994 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11997 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11998 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11999 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12002 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12004 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12006 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12007 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12008 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12010 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12012 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12014 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12015 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12019 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12020 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12021 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12022 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12023 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12024 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12027 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12029 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
12030 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
12032 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12033 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12035 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12036 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12039 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12040 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12041 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12043 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12044 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
12045 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
12047 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12048 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12049 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12051 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12052 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12053 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12055 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12058 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
12059 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12060 content of the bp_locations array. */
12063 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
12065 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12067 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12068 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12070 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12072 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12074 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12077 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12078 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12080 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12081 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12082 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12083 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12085 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12087 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12088 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12089 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12090 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12094 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12097 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12099 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12100 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
12102 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
12104 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12106 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12107 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12108 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12110 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12111 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12112 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12115 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
12117 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12118 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
12120 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
12123 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
12126 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12128 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12129 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12130 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12131 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12134 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12136 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12139 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12141 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12142 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12143 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12144 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12148 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12151 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12153 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12154 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12155 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12156 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12158 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12159 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12160 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12161 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12162 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12164 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12165 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12166 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12167 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12168 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12169 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12170 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12171 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12174 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12175 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12176 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12180 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12182 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12183 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12184 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12187 address
= bl
->address
;
12188 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12190 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12191 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12192 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12194 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12195 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12198 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12199 the same program space as the location
12200 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12201 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12202 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12206 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12207 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12210 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12211 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12212 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12213 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12214 that have already been marked. */
12215 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12217 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12219 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
12222 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12223 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12224 locations are duplicate of which.
12226 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12227 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12231 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12233 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12234 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12235 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12236 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12237 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12238 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12239 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12241 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12242 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12243 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12244 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12245 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12247 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12248 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12249 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12250 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12252 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
12253 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12254 struct bp_location
**old_locations
, **old_locp
;
12255 unsigned old_locations_count
;
12257 old_locations
= bp_locations
;
12258 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
12259 bp_locations
= NULL
;
12260 bp_locations_count
= 0;
12261 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_locations
);
12263 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12264 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12265 bp_locations_count
++;
12267 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
12268 locp
= bp_locations
;
12269 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12270 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12272 qsort (bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
, sizeof (*bp_locations
),
12273 bp_locations_compare
);
12275 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
12277 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12278 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12279 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12280 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12281 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12284 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12285 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12287 locp
= bp_locations
;
12288 for (old_locp
= old_locations
;
12289 old_locp
< old_locations
+ old_locations_count
;
12292 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12293 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12295 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12296 not, we have to free it. */
12297 int found_object
= 0;
12298 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12299 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12302 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12303 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12304 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12305 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12309 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12310 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12313 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12314 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12315 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12317 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12318 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12319 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12321 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12322 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12325 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12329 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12330 have to go through updates again. */
12331 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12333 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12335 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12337 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12338 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12339 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12340 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12341 at certain location is not inserted. */
12343 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12345 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12348 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12350 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12351 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12352 keep_in_target
= 1;
12356 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12357 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12358 remove its target-side condition. */
12360 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12361 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12362 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12363 this one from the target. */
12365 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12366 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12369 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12370 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12373 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12375 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12377 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12378 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12379 supported, but the latter are. */
12380 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12382 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12383 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12386 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12387 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12389 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12390 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12392 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12393 keep_in_target
= 1;
12401 if (!keep_in_target
)
12403 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
12405 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12406 this location on the global list, and try to
12407 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12408 reason why we will succeed next time.
12410 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12411 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12412 only after calling us. */
12413 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12414 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12415 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12423 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12424 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12426 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12427 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12428 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12429 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12430 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12431 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12432 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12433 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12434 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12435 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12436 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12437 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12438 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12439 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12442 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12443 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12445 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12446 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12447 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12448 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12449 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12450 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12451 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12452 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12453 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12454 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12455 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12456 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12457 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12460 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12461 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12462 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12463 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12465 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12466 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12467 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12468 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12469 traps we can no longer explain. */
12471 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12472 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12474 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12478 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12479 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12484 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12485 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12486 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12487 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12488 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12489 are sorted first for the same address.
12491 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12492 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12494 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12495 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12496 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12497 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12498 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12500 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12502 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12505 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12506 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12507 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12508 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12509 `struct bp_location'. */
12510 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12512 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12513 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12517 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12518 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12519 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12520 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12521 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12522 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12524 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12526 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12527 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12528 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12530 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12531 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12533 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12535 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12536 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12537 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12543 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12544 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12545 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12547 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12548 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12550 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12551 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12554 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12556 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12557 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12560 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12561 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12562 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12563 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12564 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12566 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12570 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12571 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12573 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12577 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12579 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12582 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12583 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12585 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12586 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12592 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12597 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12599 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12605 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12608 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12612 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12613 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12615 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12616 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12617 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12621 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12623 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12625 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12627 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12631 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12635 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12637 struct value_print_options opts
;
12639 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12641 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12643 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12645 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12646 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12647 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12648 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12650 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12651 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12653 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12655 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12656 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12661 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12662 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12668 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12670 printf_filtered (" at ");
12671 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12674 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12676 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12678 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12679 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12680 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12681 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12683 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12684 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12685 real situation somewhat. */
12686 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12687 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12692 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12694 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12696 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12701 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12704 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12706 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12709 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12714 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12716 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12718 decref_counted_command_line (&this->commands
);
12719 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12720 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12721 xfree (this->filter
);
12724 static struct bp_location
*
12725 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12727 return new bp_location (&bp_location_ops
, self
);
12731 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12733 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12736 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12737 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12740 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12742 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12746 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12747 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12749 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12753 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12754 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12756 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12758 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12762 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12767 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12771 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12773 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12776 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12780 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12782 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12785 static enum print_stop_action
12786 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12788 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12792 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12793 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12799 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12801 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12805 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12807 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12811 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12812 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12813 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12814 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12816 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12820 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12821 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12822 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12823 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12824 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12825 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12827 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12828 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12829 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12830 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12832 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12836 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12837 const struct event_location
*location
,
12838 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
12839 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12841 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12844 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12847 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12852 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12855 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12857 /* Nothing to do. */
12860 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12862 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12863 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12864 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12865 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12866 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12867 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12868 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12869 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12870 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12872 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12873 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12874 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12875 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12876 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12877 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12878 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12879 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12882 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12885 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12887 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12888 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12890 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12891 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12895 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12899 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12901 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12903 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12904 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12906 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12907 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12909 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12913 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12915 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12916 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12918 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12922 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12923 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12924 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12926 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12927 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12930 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12934 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12935 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12936 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12943 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12944 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12945 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12947 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12948 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12950 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12951 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12952 be set at the same address. */
12956 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12960 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12962 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12967 static enum print_stop_action
12968 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12970 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12971 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12973 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12975 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12977 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12978 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12980 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12981 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12982 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12985 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12986 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12989 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12991 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
12992 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12994 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12995 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12996 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12998 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
12999 uiout
->text (", ");
13001 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13005 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13007 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13012 case bp_breakpoint
:
13013 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13014 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13015 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13017 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13018 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13019 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13020 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13022 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13023 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13026 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13034 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13036 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13037 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13038 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13039 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13040 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13041 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13042 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13043 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13044 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13046 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13047 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13049 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13050 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
13052 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13053 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13054 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13055 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
13057 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13061 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13062 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13063 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13065 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13069 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13070 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13071 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13072 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13073 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13074 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13076 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13077 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13078 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13079 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13081 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13082 std::move (cond_string
),
13083 std::move (extra_string
),
13085 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13086 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13087 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13091 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13092 const struct event_location
*location
,
13093 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13094 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13096 decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13099 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13102 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13106 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13107 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13108 case bp_overlay_event
:
13109 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13110 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13111 case bp_exception_master
:
13112 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13115 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13116 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13117 case bp_shlib_event
:
13119 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13120 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13121 case bp_thread_event
:
13127 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13129 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13131 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13132 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13133 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13134 objects (among other things). */
13135 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13136 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13142 static enum print_stop_action
13143 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13145 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13147 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13151 case bp_shlib_event
:
13152 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13153 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13154 to shlib event" message.) */
13155 print_solib_event (0);
13158 case bp_thread_event
:
13159 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13160 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13161 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13164 case bp_overlay_event
:
13165 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13166 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13169 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13170 /* These should never be enabled. */
13171 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13174 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13175 /* These should never be enabled. */
13176 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13177 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13180 case bp_exception_master
:
13181 /* These should never be enabled. */
13182 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13183 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13187 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13191 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13193 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13196 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13199 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13201 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13202 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13203 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13204 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13208 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13210 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13213 static enum print_stop_action
13214 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13216 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13220 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13222 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13225 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13227 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13228 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13230 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
13232 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
13235 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13238 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13241 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13243 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13247 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13249 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13250 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13259 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
13260 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
13262 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13263 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13264 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13268 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
13272 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13273 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13274 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13276 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13278 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
13280 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13281 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13285 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13286 const struct event_location
*location
,
13287 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13288 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13290 *sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
13292 error (_("probe not found"));
13295 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13298 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13300 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13304 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13305 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13306 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13308 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13314 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13315 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13317 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13318 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13320 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13322 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
13323 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13324 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13325 uiout
->text ("\n");
13330 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13332 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13337 case bp_tracepoint
:
13338 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13339 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13341 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13342 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13343 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13345 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13346 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13347 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13350 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13351 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13358 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13360 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13362 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13363 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13364 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13365 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13366 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13367 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13369 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13370 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13372 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13373 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
13374 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13376 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13377 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13381 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13382 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13383 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13385 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13389 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13390 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13391 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13392 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13393 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13394 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13396 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13397 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13398 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13399 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13401 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13402 std::move (cond_string
),
13403 std::move (extra_string
),
13405 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13406 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13407 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13411 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13412 const struct event_location
*location
,
13413 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13414 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13416 decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13419 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13421 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13425 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13426 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13427 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13428 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13430 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13431 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13435 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13436 const struct event_location
*location
,
13437 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13438 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13440 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13441 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13444 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13446 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13449 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13451 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13453 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13454 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13456 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13457 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13458 3 - disconnect from target 1
13459 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13461 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13462 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13463 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13464 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13465 it all the time. */
13466 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13467 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13470 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13473 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13475 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13476 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
13478 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13481 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13484 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13485 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13486 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13487 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13488 address are all handled. */
13491 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13493 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13494 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13495 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13497 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13498 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13499 condition not be evaluated. */
13502 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13503 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13504 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13505 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13506 commands here throws. */
13507 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13508 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13509 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13511 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13513 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13514 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13516 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13519 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13523 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13524 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13525 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13527 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13528 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13530 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13532 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13533 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13535 str
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13536 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
13537 canonical
->location
= new_linespec_location (&str
);
13538 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13541 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13542 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13546 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13547 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13548 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13549 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13550 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13551 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13553 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13554 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13555 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13556 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13559 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13560 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13562 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13563 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13564 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13565 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13566 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13567 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13569 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13571 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13572 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13573 event_location_up location
;
13575 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13576 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13578 location
= copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13580 tp
= new tracepoint ();
13581 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13582 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13583 std::move (cond_string
),
13584 std::move (extra_string
),
13585 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13586 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13587 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13588 canonical
->special_display
);
13589 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13590 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13591 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13592 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13593 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13594 corresponds to this one */
13595 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13597 install_breakpoint (internal
, tp
, 0);
13602 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13603 const struct event_location
*location
,
13604 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13605 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13607 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13608 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13610 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13611 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13613 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13617 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13620 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13623 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13625 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13628 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13632 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13634 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13636 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13638 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13639 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13642 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13643 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13644 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13645 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13646 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13649 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13650 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13651 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13652 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13654 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13657 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13658 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13659 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13661 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13662 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13664 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13665 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13666 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13667 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13671 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13673 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13674 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13675 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13676 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13677 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13680 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13681 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13682 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13683 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13685 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13687 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13688 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13690 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13691 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13693 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13697 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13699 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13700 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13701 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13702 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13703 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13704 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13705 commands won't work. */
13707 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13709 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13710 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13711 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13712 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13713 might be better design to have location completely
13714 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13715 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13717 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13718 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13719 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13724 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13726 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint
*) b
);
13730 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13732 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13735 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13736 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13739 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13740 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13744 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13749 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13751 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13752 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13754 if (next
== related
)
13756 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13757 function (related
, data
);
13759 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13760 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13765 function (related
, data
);
13769 while (related
!= b
);
13773 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13775 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13778 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13779 delete_breakpoint. */
13782 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13784 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13788 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13790 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13796 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13798 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13799 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13800 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13801 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13802 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13804 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13808 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13810 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13812 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13813 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13814 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13818 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13821 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13822 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13826 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13828 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13830 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13831 if ((pspace
== NULL
13832 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13833 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13834 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13839 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13840 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13841 Null names are ignored. */
13844 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13846 struct bp_location
*l
;
13847 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13848 (int (*) (const void *,
13849 const void *)) streq
,
13850 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13852 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13855 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13857 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13861 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13863 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13867 htab_delete (htab
);
13873 htab_delete (htab
);
13877 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13878 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13879 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13880 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13881 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13882 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13883 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13884 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13887 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13888 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13889 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13890 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13891 in the sources, and output a warning.
13893 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13894 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13895 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13896 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13897 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13900 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13901 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13902 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13903 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13904 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13905 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13906 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13907 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13908 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13910 static struct symtab_and_line
13911 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13913 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13914 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13919 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13921 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13923 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13924 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13926 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13928 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13929 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13930 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13935 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13937 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13939 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13940 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13942 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13945 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13947 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13949 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13950 struct symbol
*sym
;
13951 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13952 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13953 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13955 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13957 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13958 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13960 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13961 "found at previous line number"),
13962 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13966 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13968 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13969 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13970 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13973 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13974 uiout
->text (" at ");
13976 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13977 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13980 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13982 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13984 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13987 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
13988 uiout
->text ("\n");
13990 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13991 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13993 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13994 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13995 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13996 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13997 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13998 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13999 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14001 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14004 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14010 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14011 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14014 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14018 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14021 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14024 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14031 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14037 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
14038 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
14039 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
14041 static struct bp_location
*
14042 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
14044 struct bp_location head
;
14045 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
14046 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
14047 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
14049 if (pspace
== NULL
)
14060 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
14075 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
14076 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
14077 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
14078 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
14082 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14083 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
14084 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14085 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14088 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
14090 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14092 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14094 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14095 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14096 "multiple locations found\n"),
14101 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14102 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14103 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14104 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14105 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14106 individual locations. */
14107 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14110 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
14112 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14114 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14116 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14118 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14120 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14122 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14126 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14129 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14130 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14133 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14135 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14136 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14137 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14138 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14143 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14145 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14147 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14151 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14154 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14155 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14156 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14157 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14158 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14159 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14160 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14162 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14164 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14166 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14167 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14169 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14170 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14178 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14179 if (l
->function_name
14180 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14190 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14191 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14194 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14195 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14197 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14198 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
14199 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
14201 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14202 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14204 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14208 b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
, &sals
);
14210 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14212 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14216 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14217 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14218 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14219 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14220 state, then user already saw the message about that
14221 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14223 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14224 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14226 && search_pspace
!= NULL
14227 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
14228 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14229 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14230 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14231 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14233 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14235 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14236 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14237 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14238 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14239 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14240 which approach is better. */
14241 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14242 throw_exception (e
);
14247 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14251 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14252 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14253 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
14255 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14258 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14259 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14261 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
14263 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14264 b
->thread
= thread
;
14268 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
14269 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14271 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14274 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14275 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14285 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14286 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14290 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14293 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14294 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14295 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14296 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
14298 sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (), filter_pspace
, &found
);
14301 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14305 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
14307 sals_end
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
14308 filter_pspace
, &found
);
14311 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14312 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14316 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14319 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14320 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14323 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
14324 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14325 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14327 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14330 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14331 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14335 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14336 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14337 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
14338 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
14339 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14340 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14342 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14343 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14344 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14345 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14347 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
14348 std::move (cond_string
),
14349 std::move (extra_string
),
14350 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14351 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14352 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14355 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14356 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14359 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14360 const struct event_location
*location
,
14361 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
14362 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14364 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14366 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
14367 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14368 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14371 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14372 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14374 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14376 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14378 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14379 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14380 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14382 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14386 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14388 static struct cleanup
*
14389 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14391 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14392 set_language (b
->language
);
14394 return make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
14397 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14398 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14399 Unused in this case. */
14402 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14404 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14405 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14406 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14408 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14409 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14410 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14414 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
14415 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
14418 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14420 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14421 enum language save_language
;
14422 int save_input_radix
;
14424 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14425 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14428 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
14430 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
14431 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
14432 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
14433 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
14435 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14437 /* Format possible error msg. */
14438 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14440 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14441 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14442 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14444 set_language (save_language
);
14445 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14447 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14450 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14451 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14452 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14453 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14455 /* Now we can insert. */
14456 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14459 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14461 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14462 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14464 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14466 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14468 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14469 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14471 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14472 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14473 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14475 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14479 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14480 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14481 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14484 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14486 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14491 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14492 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14494 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14496 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14497 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14502 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14506 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14507 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14509 else if (count
== 1)
14510 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14513 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14514 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14517 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14521 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14524 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14527 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14533 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14535 num
= get_number (&p
);
14537 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14539 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14541 set_ignore_count (num
,
14542 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14545 printf_filtered ("\n");
14548 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14549 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14552 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14553 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14558 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14560 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14561 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14563 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14565 while (!parser
.finished ())
14567 const char *p
= parser
.cur_tok ();
14568 bool match
= false;
14570 num
= parser
.get_number ();
14573 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14577 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14578 if (b
->number
== num
)
14581 function (b
, data
);
14585 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14590 static struct bp_location
*
14591 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14593 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14597 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14598 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14603 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14605 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14607 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14608 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14613 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14614 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14617 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14619 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14623 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14626 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14632 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14633 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14634 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14637 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14639 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14640 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14641 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14642 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14645 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14647 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14648 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14650 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14651 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14653 struct bp_location
*location
;
14655 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14656 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14659 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14661 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14664 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14667 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14669 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14672 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14673 disable_breakpoint. */
14676 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14678 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14682 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14686 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14688 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14689 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14690 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14694 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14698 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14700 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14707 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14709 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14710 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14711 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14712 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14714 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14717 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14718 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14724 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14727 int target_resources_ok
;
14729 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14732 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14733 target_resources_ok
=
14734 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14736 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14737 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14738 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14739 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14742 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14744 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14745 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14749 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14751 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14752 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14753 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14755 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14757 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14758 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14765 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14767 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14768 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14770 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14771 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14773 struct bp_location
*location
;
14775 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14776 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14779 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14780 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14781 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14783 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14788 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14790 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14794 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14796 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14799 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14800 enable_breakpoint. */
14803 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14805 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14808 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14809 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14810 in stopping the inferior. */
14813 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14817 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14819 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14820 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14821 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14825 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14829 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14831 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14838 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14840 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14841 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14842 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14843 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14845 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14848 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14849 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14854 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14864 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14866 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14868 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14872 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14874 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14876 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14880 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14882 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14886 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14888 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14890 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14894 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14899 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14901 count
= get_number (&args
);
14903 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14907 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14909 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14911 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14915 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14917 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14921 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14926 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14930 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14931 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14935 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14936 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14937 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14939 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14941 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14942 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14943 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14945 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14947 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14949 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14951 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14952 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14953 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14954 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14956 value_free (wp
->val
);
14964 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14967 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14968 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14971 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14972 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14973 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14975 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14977 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14978 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14981 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14983 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14984 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14985 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14987 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14990 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14993 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14995 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14996 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14998 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
15000 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
15002 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
15003 struct address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
15005 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
15006 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
15014 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15017 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
15018 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15021 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15023 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15025 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
15031 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15035 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15038 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15040 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15042 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
15043 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
15049 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15051 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15053 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15055 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15056 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15060 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15062 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15064 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
15066 if (location
!= NULL
15067 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
15068 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15070 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15072 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15074 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15076 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15077 0 /* Ignore count */,
15078 pending_break_support
,
15082 0 /* internal */, 0);
15086 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15088 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
15090 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15092 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15094 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15095 0 /* Ignore count */,
15096 pending_break_support
,
15097 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15100 0 /* internal */, 0);
15103 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15106 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15108 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15109 event_location_up location
;
15110 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15112 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15113 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15114 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
15116 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15117 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
);
15121 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15122 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15125 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15127 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15129 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15130 0 /* Ignore count */,
15131 pending_break_support
,
15135 0 /* internal */, 0);
15138 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15139 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15141 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15142 static int next_cmd
;
15145 read_uploaded_action (void)
15149 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15156 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15157 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15158 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15159 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15160 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15162 struct tracepoint
*
15163 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15165 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15166 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15168 if (utp
->at_string
)
15169 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15172 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15173 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15174 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15176 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15177 "source location, using raw address"),
15179 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15180 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15183 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15184 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15185 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15186 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15189 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
15191 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15193 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
15194 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15196 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15197 0 /* Ignore count */,
15198 pending_break_support
,
15199 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15201 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15203 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15206 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15207 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15208 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15212 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15215 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15218 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15219 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15220 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15222 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15224 command_line_up cmd_list
;
15229 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15231 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
15233 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15234 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15235 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15236 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15239 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15240 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15241 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15246 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15250 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15252 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15255 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15257 if (num_printed
== 0)
15259 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15260 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
15262 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15265 default_collect_info ();
15268 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15269 Not supported by all targets. */
15271 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15273 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15276 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15277 Not supported by all targets. */
15279 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15281 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15284 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15286 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15288 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15294 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15296 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15297 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15298 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15300 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15301 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15303 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15307 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15309 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15311 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15312 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15313 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15317 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15320 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15323 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15325 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15326 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (tp
);
15328 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15329 tp
->number
, count
);
15332 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15334 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15335 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15336 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15339 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15341 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15342 unsigned int count
;
15344 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15345 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15346 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15348 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15350 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15351 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15353 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15355 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15357 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15359 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15361 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15362 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15365 else if (*args
== '\0')
15367 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15369 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15373 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
15374 while (!parser
.finished ())
15376 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
15378 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15383 struct tracepoint
*
15384 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15386 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15388 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15389 if (t
->number
== num
)
15390 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15395 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15396 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15399 struct tracepoint
*
15400 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15402 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15404 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15406 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15408 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15415 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15416 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15417 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15418 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15420 struct tracepoint
*
15421 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15422 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
15424 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15426 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15428 if (parser
!= NULL
)
15430 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
15431 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
15433 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15434 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15436 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15440 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15441 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15444 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15448 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15449 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15451 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15454 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15459 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15461 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15462 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15465 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15467 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15470 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15471 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15472 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15476 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15477 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15479 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15481 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15483 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15484 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15486 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15487 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15489 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15490 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15493 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15494 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15499 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15501 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15503 /* We can stop searching. */
15510 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15514 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
15518 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
15519 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15520 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
15522 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15523 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15525 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15527 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15528 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15531 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15532 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15535 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15537 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15538 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15541 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15542 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15544 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15545 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15547 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15549 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15551 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15554 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15556 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15558 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15559 throw_exception (ex
);
15563 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15564 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15567 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15568 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15570 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15571 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15572 special, and not user visible. */
15573 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15575 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15578 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15580 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15584 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15585 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15588 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15591 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15594 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15596 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15599 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15602 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15604 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15607 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15609 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15610 all_tracepoints (void)
15612 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15613 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15615 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15617 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15624 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15625 locations used by several commands. */
15627 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15628 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15629 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15630 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15631 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15632 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15634 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15635 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15636 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15638 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15639 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15640 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15641 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15642 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15644 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15645 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15646 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15649 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15650 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15651 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15652 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15653 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15654 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15655 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15658 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15659 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15661 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15662 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15663 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15664 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15665 conditions are different.\n\
15667 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15669 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15670 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15672 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15673 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15676 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15677 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15678 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15679 void *user_data_catch
,
15680 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15682 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15684 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15686 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15687 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15688 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15690 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15692 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15693 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15694 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15698 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15700 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15701 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15702 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15705 struct breakpoint
*
15706 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15709 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15711 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15713 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15720 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15721 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15724 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15726 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15727 non-inline function. */
15728 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15734 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15735 have been inlined. */
15738 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15739 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15741 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15742 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15744 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15746 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15749 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15751 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15752 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15760 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15763 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15765 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15767 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15768 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15769 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15773 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15775 static int initialized
= 0;
15777 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15783 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15784 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15785 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15786 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15787 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15788 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15789 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15790 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15791 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15792 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15793 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15794 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15796 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15797 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15798 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15799 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15800 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15801 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15802 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15803 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15805 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15806 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15807 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15808 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15809 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15810 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15811 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15812 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15813 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15814 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15816 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15817 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15818 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15819 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15820 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15821 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15822 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15824 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15825 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15826 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15827 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15828 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15829 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15830 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15832 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15833 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15834 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15835 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15836 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15837 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15838 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15841 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15842 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15843 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15844 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15845 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15846 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15847 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15848 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15849 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15850 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15851 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15852 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15853 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15855 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15856 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15857 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15858 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15859 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15860 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15861 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15862 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15863 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15864 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15865 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15868 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15869 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15870 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15871 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15872 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15873 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15874 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15875 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15876 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15877 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15879 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15880 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15881 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15882 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15883 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15885 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15886 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15887 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15888 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15889 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15890 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15892 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15893 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15894 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15895 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15896 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15897 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15898 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15899 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15900 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15901 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15903 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15904 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15905 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15906 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15907 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15908 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15909 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15910 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15911 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15912 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15914 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15915 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15916 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15917 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15918 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15919 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15920 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15921 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15922 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15923 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15925 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15926 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15927 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15928 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15929 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15930 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15931 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15932 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15933 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15934 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15935 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15937 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15938 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15939 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15940 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15941 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15942 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15943 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15944 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15945 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15948 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15950 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15953 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15955 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15957 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15959 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15960 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15961 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15963 breakpoint_objfile_key
15964 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15966 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15967 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15968 before a breakpoint is set. */
15969 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15971 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15973 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15974 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15975 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15977 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15978 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15979 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15980 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15982 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15983 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15984 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15985 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15986 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15988 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15989 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15990 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15991 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15992 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15994 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15995 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15996 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15997 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15998 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16000 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16001 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16003 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16004 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16005 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16006 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16008 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16009 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16011 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16012 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16013 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16014 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16016 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16017 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16019 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16020 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16021 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16022 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16023 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16024 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16025 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16027 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16029 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16030 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16031 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16032 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16033 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16034 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16036 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16037 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16038 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16041 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16042 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16043 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16046 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16047 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16048 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16049 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16052 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16053 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16054 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16057 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16058 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16059 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16062 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16063 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16064 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16065 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16068 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16069 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16070 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16071 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16072 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16073 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16074 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16075 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16077 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16078 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16079 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16080 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16081 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16082 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16085 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16086 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16087 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16088 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16090 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16091 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16092 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16093 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16094 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16096 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16097 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16098 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16099 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16100 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16103 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16104 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16105 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16107 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16108 is executing in.\n"
16109 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16110 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16111 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16113 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16114 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16115 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16116 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16118 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16119 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16120 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16121 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16125 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16126 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16127 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16128 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16129 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16130 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16131 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16132 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16133 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16134 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16135 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16136 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16137 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16138 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16139 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16140 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16142 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16143 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16144 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16145 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16146 breakpoint set."));
16149 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16150 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16151 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16152 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16153 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16154 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16155 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16156 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16157 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16159 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16160 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16161 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16162 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16163 breakpoint set."));
16165 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16167 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16168 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16169 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16170 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16171 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16172 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16173 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16174 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16175 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16176 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16177 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16178 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16179 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16181 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16182 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16183 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16184 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16186 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16188 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16189 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16190 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16191 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16193 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16194 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16195 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16196 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16198 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16199 catch_fork_command_1
,
16201 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16202 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16203 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16204 catch_fork_command_1
,
16206 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16207 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16208 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16209 catch_exec_command_1
,
16213 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16214 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16215 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16216 catch_load_command_1
,
16220 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16221 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16222 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16223 catch_unload_command_1
,
16228 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16229 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16230 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16231 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16232 an expression changes.\n\
16233 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16234 the memory to which it refers."));
16235 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16237 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16238 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16239 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16240 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16241 an expression is read.\n\
16242 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16243 the memory to which it refers."));
16244 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16246 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16247 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16248 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16249 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16250 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16251 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16252 the memory to which it refers."));
16253 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16255 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16256 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16258 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16259 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16260 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16261 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16262 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16263 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16264 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16265 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16266 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16269 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16270 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16272 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16274 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16276 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16277 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16279 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16280 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16281 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16283 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16284 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16285 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16286 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16288 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16289 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16291 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16292 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16293 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16295 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16296 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16298 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16299 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16300 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16301 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16302 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16303 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16304 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16305 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16306 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16308 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16309 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16310 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16311 conditions are different.\n\
16313 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16314 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16315 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16317 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16318 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16319 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16320 last tracepoint set."));
16322 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16324 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16325 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16326 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16327 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16329 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16331 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16332 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16333 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16334 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16336 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16338 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16339 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16340 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16341 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16343 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16345 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16346 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16347 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16348 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16349 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16351 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16352 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16353 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16354 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16356 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16357 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16358 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16359 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16360 session to restore them."),
16362 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16364 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16365 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16366 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16368 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16370 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16371 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16373 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16374 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16375 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16376 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16377 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16378 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16379 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16380 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16381 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16382 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16383 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16384 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16386 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16387 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16388 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16389 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16390 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16391 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16392 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16393 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16395 show_pending_break_support
,
16396 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16397 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16399 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16401 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16402 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16403 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16404 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16405 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16406 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16407 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16409 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16410 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16411 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16413 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16414 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16415 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16416 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16417 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16418 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16419 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16420 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16421 when execution stops."),
16423 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16424 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16425 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16427 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16428 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16429 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16430 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16431 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16432 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16433 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16434 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16435 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16436 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16437 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16438 be set to \"gdb\""),
16439 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16440 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16441 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16442 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16444 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16445 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16446 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16447 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16448 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16449 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16450 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16451 or the start of the range\n\
16452 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16453 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16454 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16456 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16457 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16458 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16460 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16461 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16462 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16463 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16464 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16465 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16467 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16468 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16469 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16470 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16471 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16472 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16473 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16474 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16475 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16476 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16477 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16478 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16480 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16481 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16482 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16483 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16484 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16485 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16486 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16488 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16489 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16490 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16491 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16492 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16493 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16494 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16496 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16497 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16498 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16499 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16500 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16501 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16504 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16506 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16507 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16508 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16510 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16512 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16513 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);